<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Kautzman&#039;s AP GO PO Blog &#187; A Challenge</title>
	<atom:link href="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/category/a-challenge/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org</link>
	<description>Mt. Spokane High School AP Government &#38; Politics</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 07 Dec 2009 17:58:07 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=2.8.2</generator>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
			<item>
		<title>CE Week #14:  &#8220;New Rules for Congress Curb but Don’t End Paid Trips&#8221;  Dec. 7th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/07/ce-week-14-new-rules-for-congress-curb-but-don%e2%80%99t-end-paid-trips-dec-7th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/07/ce-week-14-new-rules-for-congress-curb-but-don%e2%80%99t-end-paid-trips-dec-7th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 Dec 2009 17:31:41 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1259</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[December 7, 2009
By ERIC LIPTON and ERIC LICHTBLAU

WASHINGTON — Representative F. James Sensenbrenner Jr., a Wisconsin Republican, toured a prince’s vineyard and castle in Liechtenstein and spent an afternoon at a ski resort in the Alps — all at the expense of a group of European companies.
Representative Danny K. Davis, an Illinois Democrat, got the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>December 7, 2009</p>
<p>By ERIC LIPTON and ERIC LICHTBLAU</strong></p>
<p><img src="http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/files/2009/12/07trips.graphic.jpg" alt="07trips.graphic" title="07trips.graphic" width="190" height="126" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1260" /></p>
<p>WASHINGTON — Representative F. James Sensenbrenner Jr., a Wisconsin Republican, toured a prince’s vineyard and castle in Liechtenstein and spent an afternoon at a ski resort in the Alps — all at the expense of a group of European companies.</p>
<p>Representative Danny K. Davis, an Illinois Democrat, got the dignitary treatment when a big donor flew him to Inner Mongolia to lobby for a new medical supplies factory in rural China.</p>
<p>And Representative Ileana Ros-Lehtinen, a Florida Republican, on another privately sponsored trip, stayed at the historic King David Hotel in Jerusalem and attended a gala party near the Western Wall as part of a weeklong conference that lobbyists and executives paid as much as $18,500 to attend.</p>
<p>Despite changes intended to curb <strong>Congressional junkets</strong>, some lawmakers and even their families continue to take trips hosted by private groups and companies that revel in their access to Washington power brokers.</p>
<p>An examination by The New York Times of 1,150 trips shows that some of them bent or broke rules adopted in 2007 to limit corporate influence in Washington. Others exploited glaring loopholes in the guidelines, enacted with much fanfare after scandals involving the disgraced lobbyist Jack Abramoff.</p>
<p>While <strong>lobbyists are not supposed to pay for a lawmaker’s travel</strong>, for example, Mr. Sensenbrenner’s $14,708 trip to Liechtenstein and Germany in 2009 was organized by a nonprofit group whose president is a lobbyist. It was underwritten by European companies that, in many cases, lobby in the United States.</p>
<p>Another rule limits travel paid for by companies employing lobbyists to just two nights. This forced Mr. Davis to make a quick turnaround when he flew to China this year. He changed clothes in a van on a highway before meeting with officials there.</p>
<p>Mr. Davis said he was exhausted by the end of his journey. He said he saw nothing wrong with a businessman and big financial contributor flying him to help close a private business deal.</p>
<p>“He’s a guy that I really admire,” Mr. Davis said of Willie Wilson, president of Omar Medical Supplies, which got its factory. Still, Mr. Davis acknowledged, “It’s not going to create jobs in Illinois.”</p>
<p>The rules are filled with odd contradictions. <strong>Lobbyists themselves are not allowed to pay for trips, but their corporate clients can. And lobbyists are permitted to give huge sums to nonprofit groups that can sponsor travel. They can also travel to destinations and meet the lawmakers once they get there, though they cannot go on the same plane.</strong></p>
<p>Seizing on the loopholes, <strong>lobbyists and the companies that employ them are still underwriting trips by dozens of members of Congress, particularly those in the House</strong>, the Times review shows. The companies finance much of this travel indirectly, getting around the spirit of the rules by giving money to nonprofits, some of which seem to exist largely to sponsor trips. In fact, the rules may have had the unexpected effect of obscuring who is actually paying for a lawmaker’s junket.</p>
<p>“If a nonprofit group is essentially just being used as a pass-through entity for corporate players that otherwise could not sponsor an event, that is a fraud and that is not allowed,” said Representative Zoe Lofgren, the California Democrat who leads the House ethics committee.</p>
<p>The rules have had some real impact. Privately financed travel for members of the House has dropped to fewer than 400 trips in the first 10 months of this year, compared with 1,100 in the same period in 2005. The drop in Senate travel has been even greater: Senators took just 24 trips in the first 10 months of this year, compared with 189 in the same period in 2005. Democrats and Republicans traveled proportionate to their numbers in Congress.</p>
<p>The universe of regular sponsors has been reduced to fewer than a dozen big foundations and associations, the Times analysis shows. <strong>Many of the trips are sponsored by organizations with ideological and policy agendas, rather than commercial interests. Most of those rely, at least in part, on corporate financing to underwrite trips for lawmakers.</strong></p>
<p>Their internal policies vary widely in how they seek to insulate the trips from corporate influence. <strong>The Aspen Institute</strong>, for instance, tries to block corporate influence-peddling by barring lobbyists from its events and declining corporate contributions for the trips, a spokesman said.</p>
<p>But not all groups are as strict. Some nonprofits take money from major corporations with lobbyists, like <strong>Lockheed Martin, the defense contractor</strong>, <strong>Eli Lilly, the drug company, and Volkswagen, the automaker</strong>, to sponsor events for lawmakers during the trips.</p>
<p>When Mr. Sensenbrenner and Representative Tom Price, Republican of Georgia, traveled to Liechtenstein in February to learn about its banking system, they attended business meetings. But they and their wives also visited the Malbun ski resort, stayed at a first-class hotel and toured the wine cellar at the prince of Liechtenstein’s historic vineyard, according to their itinerary.</p>
<p>The cost of the trip — $14,708 for Mr. Sensenbrenner and his wife alone — was picked up by a nonprofit group called the International Management and Development Institute. Just since 2005, International Management has paid for 34 trips to Europe for lawmakers and staff members, totaling more than $400,000, including five for Mr. Sensenbrenner to Germany, Liechtenstein, Norway and France.</p>
<p>The trips were largely financed by contributions from companies like Deutsche Bank and Lufthansa, which have American lobbyists and therefore would have been prohibited from directly paying for the weeklong trips. Top executives at these companies were often offered special meetings with the lawmakers. The president of the institute, Don Bonker, is a Washington lobbyist, whose firm, APCO Worldwide, has served as a registered agent for the German government.</p>
<p>Foreign agents are also prohibited from sponsoring travel.</p>
<p>Because International Management is an American nonprofit and does not retain a lobbyist, none of the rules applied. As a result, a group of big corporations were able to indirectly pay for a weeklong visit to Europe, and their executives got to meet with powerful lawmakers.</p>
<p>Mr. Bonker, the lobbyist, and Mr. Sensenbrenner, the congressman, said they stuck to the rules, and that the trips had been approved beforehand by the House ethics staff.</p>
<p>“Many organizations that are seeking to educate Congressional leaders on a range of topics receive money from a variety of sources to better enable them to do so, without any cost to taxpayers,” Wendy Riemann, a spokeswoman for Mr. Sensenbrenner, said in a written statement.</p>
<p>Like International Management, the Franklin Center for Global Policy Exchange seems to exist largely to sponsor Congressional travel. The group’s Web site lists an “honorary” board made up of members of Congress, but it does not disclose a separate board that includes lobbyists from the nuclear power and liquor industries, among others. Nor does it disclose that private executives and lobbyists pay to attend the events the group sponsors for members of Congress in the Netherlands and elsewhere.</p>
<p>Another company, Doheny Global, of Manhattan, used lawmakers as a lure to attract paying attendance at a meeting in Israel.</p>
<p>Last year Doheny, an energy and real estate investment firm, invited private equity and energy industry executives to pay $18,500 per person to hobnob with “an elite cadre” of public and private powerbrokers, including Ms. Ros-Lehtinen, the Florida congresswoman. Doheny paid to fly her and her husband in for the weeklong gathering in Tel Aviv and Jerusalem, and she appeared in a promotional video calling Irwin G. Katsof, the company’s founder, “a matchmaker for business” who “enjoys great credibility in Congress.”</p>
<p>Ms. Ros-Lehtinen declined to comment on the trips.</p>
<p>The invitation to the 2008 event, which also featured Senator Ben Nelson, Democrat of Nebraska, came from a host committee that included registered lobbyists. Depending on how much of a role that committee had in setting up the event, the trip may have violated House rules, which prohibit lawmakers from taking multiday trips “planned, organized, requested or arranged by a lobbyist.”</p>
<p>It takes a little digging to find the role big companies with lobbyists played in sponsoring <strong>the Congressional Black Caucus</strong>’s four-day 2008 conference at a casino resort in Tunica, Miss.</p>
<p>Each of the 14 House members submitted a detailed agenda for approval to the ethics committee. It listed social events like a golf outing, but it also included serious topics like health care and global warming.</p>
<p>But there is something missing from the agenda sent to the ethics committee.</p>
<p>A different copy handed out to the caucus members is much the same — except for the line under each event that names a corporate sponsor. A workshop focused on health care included the words “Sponsored by Eli Lily,” the big drug company with a huge stake in health care legislation. Edison Electric Institute, an association of power plant owners, hosted the global warming seminar. Wal-Mart sponsored a clinic to teach lawmakers and other attendees how to skeet shoot; after the lessons came a competition sponsored by the International Longshoremen’s Association.</p>
<p>William A. Kirk, the Washington lawyer and lobbyist who helped arrange the weekend, said the sponsor companies did not directly pay for the events or member travel. They became sponsors by contributing to the general fund of the caucus’s Political Education and Leadership Institute, which is a nonprofit. Money from the general fund, however, paid for hotels and other accommodations. Members were responsible for their own flights, though some used campaign funds.</p>
<p><strong>The House ethics committee</strong> is separately investigating another event attended by members of the caucus, a November 2008 conference at a resort on St. Maarten in the Caribbean, which included corporate sponsors like American Airlines and Citigroup.</p>
<p>Mr. Davis’s trip to China was not so luxurious. But it may be the clearest example of a company openly paying a lawmaker to travel on purely commercial business.</p>
<p>Willie Wilson, the owner of Omar Medical Supplies, wanted to build a factory to make latex gloves to sell in the United States, and he thought Mr. Davis could help him negotiate better terms with the Chinese. Omar is not located in Mr. Davis’s district, but Mr. Wilson is a longtime friend who, along with his wife, has contributed $37,000 to Mr. Davis’s political causes in the last decade. Omar had also hired Richard Boykin, Mr. Davis’s former chief of staff, as lobbyist in Washington. And in between two trips to China Mr. Davis took in 2008 and 2009, Mr. Boykin held a fund-raiser for him.</p>
<p>The fact that Mr. Boykin actually traveled with Mr. Davis on the 2008 trip may have violated the rules, since lobbyists are not permitted to accompany members on trips.</p>
<p>Local officials, photographers, and a woman in traditional Mongolian garb greeted the visitors with flowers and gifts, before Mr. Wilson affixed his signature to the joint venture with Mr. Davis looking on. Mr. Wilson said Mr. Davis’s presence helped seal the deal.</p>
<p>“It was good to have a United States congressman speaking highly of you,” he said.<br />
<strong><br />
Ron Nixon and Derek Willis contributed research.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/07/ce-week-14-new-rules-for-congress-curb-but-don%e2%80%99t-end-paid-trips-dec-7th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #14:  &#8220;Jobs Report Is Strongest Since the Start of the Recession&#8221;  Dec. 5th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/05/ce-week-14/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/05/ce-week-14/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 Dec 2009 15:01:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1249</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By LOUIS UCHITELLE
The nation’s employers not only have stopped eliminating large numbers of jobs, but appear to be on the verge of rebuilding the American work force, devastated by the recession.
The unexpected improvement comes as a relief to the Obama administration, which plans to unveil new proposals next week to ease the plight of the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By LOUIS UCHITELLE</strong></p>
<p>The nation’s employers not only have stopped eliminating large numbers of jobs, but appear to be on the verge of rebuilding the American work force, devastated by the recession.</p>
<p>The unexpected improvement comes as a relief to the Obama administration, which plans to unveil new proposals next week to ease the plight of the jobless following its labor forum in Washington on Thursday.</p>
<p>In the best report since the recession began two years ago, only 11,000 jobs disappeared last month, the government said on Friday, and the unemployment rate actually dipped, to 10 percent, from 10.2 percent the previous month.</p>
<p>“There are going to be some months where the reports are going to be a little better, some months where the reports are worse, but the trend line right now is good,” President Obama said in a visit to Allentown, Pa., offering reassurance to a city besieged by unemployment and a country still suffering from the highest unemployment rate in 26 years.</p>
<p>Many forecasters suggest that the turning point — from jobs being cut to jobs being added — will come by March, assuming the economy continues to grow, as it finally started to do in the third quarter. If they are right, the beginning of a work force recovery would come more quickly than after the last two recessions, in the early 1990s and 2001, despite the much greater severity of this downturn.</p>
<p>Stock markets rose sharply early Friday after the employment report was released and ended the day slightly higher, while the dollar had its biggest one-day rally since January.</p>
<p>Although 15.4 million people are struggling to find work, the November report revealed signs of improvement across the country. More than 50,000 temporary workers were hired, the first surge in months and often a precursor to companies hiring permanent workers. Employees worked more hours, even in manufacturing.</p>
<p>And, reflecting the increased hours, the average weekly wage for most of the nation’s workers rose by nearly two-thirds of a percentage point in a single month, to $622.</p>
<p>“Many companies have reached the point that they can’t extract more work from their existing employees,” said Nigel Gault, chief United States economist for IHS Global Insight. “That means they have to add hours for existing workers or add people. Just how many depends on how quickly the economy grows.”</p>
<p>It also depends on business executives feeling confident enough about the economy to invest and expand their operations. That may take months of steady economic growth even after they have stopped peeling back their work forces.</p>
<p>In the end, the unanticipated improvement in November may turn out to be partly a correction of too much bad news in October — particularly the unemployment rate, which shot up four-tenths of a percentage point that month and has retreated somewhat.</p>
<p>But economists in the Obama administration were having none of that. They see the November improvement as payback from the $787 billion stimulus package. In briefings with reporters, they said the federal spending saved or created 1.6 million jobs. Without that lift, the total job loss over the 23 months of recession would have been 8.8 million instead of 7.2 million.</p>
<p>“I think you have to give our interventions a lot of credit,” said Jared Bernstein, chief economist for Vice President Joseph R. Biden Jr. And then, insisting that Thursday’s job conference in Washington was a step along the way to more job creation activity, he said: “By no stretch of the imagination does this report mean less pressure on us for job creation.”</p>
<p>Republican economists were hardly as sanguine. “Even if you accept their analysis that we are creating jobs this year, when you remove the stimulus you are going to destroy jobs,” said Kevin A. Hassett, director of Economic Policy Studies at the conservative American Enterprise Institute and chief economist for John McCain in his failed presidential campaign. Mr. Hassett’s preferred tonic, like that of many Republicans, is tax cuts for job creation, not public spending.</p>
<p>Adding to the positive signs, a broad measure of unemployment — one that includes those forced to work only part time and those too discouraged to look for work — fell to 17.2 percent, from 17.5 percent in October, the first decline in several months. In addition, job losses in September and October turned out to be far less than previously reported: 250,000 instead of 409,000.</p>
<p>“All this good news is miles above the underlying trend rate of improvement, so we expect a correction in the next month or two,” Ian Shepherdson, chief domestic economist for High Frequency Economics, said in a message to the firm’s clients.</p>
<p>Even without a correction, once the economy turns and hiring resumes, nearly 18 million people are likely to be vying for jobs, as if they were all trying at once to jam themselves through a door too narrow to accommodate more than a few. In a strong economy, the work force seldom grows by more than 300,000 workers a month.</p>
<p>Nearly one-third have an even greater burden. They are the long-term unemployed, out of work for six months or more, and in many cases longer than a year. Not since records were first kept in 1948 has the percentage of long-term unemployed been as high as it is today: 38.3 percent of all those seeking work, or more than 10 percentage points above the previous high, in the aftermath of the early 1980s recession.</p>
<p>“Assuming we have a strong recovery, it will take at least five years or more to get the unemployment rate down to a more normal 5 percent,” said Jan Hatzius, chief domestic economist at Goldman Sachs, adding that the long-term unemployed have lost skills and some of the habits of work because of their extended idleness. Because of this, the nation may have to get used to an unemployment rate that seldom falls below 6 percent.</p>
<p>Annette Mercado, 39, a single mother in Chicago, said that she had retained her skills, even though she has been hunting for work since July of last year, when she was laid off from a $12-an-hour clerical job in a motorcycle accessory shop.</p>
<p>She attributes that layoff to her refusal to work extra hours. “I told them I wasn’t willing to spend more time away from my 14-year-old daughter,” Ms. Mercado said. She spent months scouring Craigslist, CareerBuilder and other job sites, but the best she could do, she said during an interview at the state unemployment office, was temporary holiday season work last December at a liquor store.</p>
<p>Ms. Mercado gets $984 a month in unemployment benefits as well as food stamps, but that is not really enough, she said, to pay all her expenses and those of her daughter without falling behind on the rent. Her plan, if work doesn’t materialize soon, is to put her belongings in storage and move in with her parents.</p>
<p>“They are barely making it themselves,” she said.<br />
<strong><br />
Jeff Zeleny and Sheryl Gay Stolberg<br />
contributed reporting.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/05/ce-week-14/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #14:  &#8220;Uncertain Trumpet&#8221;  Dec. 4th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-uncertain-trumpet-dec-4th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-uncertain-trumpet-dec-4th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 Dec 2009 19:17:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1247</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By Charles Krauthammer
WASHINGTON &#8212; We shall fight in the air, we shall fight on the landing grounds, we shall fight in the fields, we shall fight in the hills &#8212; for 18 months. Then we start packing for home.
We shall never surrender &#8212; unless the war gets too expensive, in which case, we shall quote [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Charles Krauthammer</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON &#8212; We shall fight in the air, we shall fight on the landing grounds, we shall fight in the fields, we shall fight in the hills &#8212; for 18 months. Then we start packing for home.</p>
<p>We shall never surrender &#8212; unless the war gets too expensive, in which case, we shall quote Eisenhower on &#8220;the need to maintain balance in and among national programs&#8221; and then insist that &#8220;we can&#8217;t simply afford to ignore the price of these wars.&#8221;</p>
<p>The quotes are from President Obama&#8217;s West Point speech announcing the Afghanistan troop surge. What a strange speech it was &#8212; a call to arms so ambivalent, so tentative, so defensive.</p>
<p>Which made his last-minute assertion of &#8220;resolve unwavering&#8221; so hollow. It was meant to be stirring. It fell flat. In August, he called Afghanistan &#8220;a war of necessity.&#8221; On Tuesday night, he defined &#8220;what&#8217;s at stake&#8221; as &#8220;the common security of the world.&#8221; The world, no less. Yet, we begin leaving in July 2011?</p>
<p>Does he think that such ambivalence is not heard by the Taliban, by Afghan peasants deciding which side to choose, by Pakistani generals hedging their bets, by NATO allies already with one foot out of Afghanistan?</p>
<p>Nonetheless, most supporters of the Afghanistan War were satisfied. They got the policy, the liberals got the speech. The hawks got three-quarters of what Gen. Stanley McChrystal wanted &#8212; 30,000 additional U.S. troops &#8212; and the doves got a few soothing words. Big deal, say the hawks.</p>
<p>But it is a big deal. Words matter because will matters. Success in war depends on three things: a brave and highly skilled soldiery, such as the U.S. military 2009, the finest counterinsurgency force in history; brilliant, battle-tested commanders such as Gens. David Petraeus and McChrystal, fresh from the success of the surge in Iraq; and the will to prevail as personified by the commander in chief.</p>
<p>There&#8217;s the rub. And that is why at such crucial moments, presidents don&#8217;t issue a policy paper. They give a speech. It gives tone and texture. It allows their policy to be imbued with purpose and feeling. This one was festooned with hedges, caveats and one giant exit ramp.</p>
<p>No one expected Obama to do a Henry V or a Churchill. But Obama could not even manage a George W. Bush, who, at an infinitely lower ebb in power and popularity, opposed by the political and foreign policy establishments and dealing with a war effort in far more dire straits, announced his surge &#8212; Iraq 2007 &#8212; with outright rejection of withdrawal or retreat. His implacability was widely decried at home as stubbornness, but heard loudly in Iraq by those fighting for and against us as unflinching &#8212; and salutary &#8212; determination.</p>
<p>Obama&#8217;s surge speech wasn&#8217;t a commander in chief&#8217;s, but a politician&#8217;s, perfectly splitting the difference. Two messages for two audiences. Placate the right &#8212; you get the troops; placate the left &#8212; we are on our way out.</p>
<p>And apart from Obama&#8217;s own personal commitment is the question of his ability as a wartime leader. If he feels compelled to placate his left with an exit date today &#8212; while he is still personally popular, with large majorities in both houses of Congress, and even before the surge begins &#8212; how will he stand up to the left when the going gets tough and the casualties mount, and he really has to choose between support from his party and success on the battlefield?</p>
<p>Despite my personal misgivings about the possibility of lasting success against Taliban insurgencies in both Afghanistan and the borderlands of Pakistan, I have deep confidence that Petraeus and McChrystal would not recommend a strategy that will be costly in lives, without their having a firm belief in the possibility of success.</p>
<p>I would therefore defer to their judgment and support their recommended policy. But the fate of this war depends not just on them. It depends on the president. We cannot prevail without a commander in chief committed to success. And this commander in chief defended his exit date (versus the straw man alternative of &#8220;open-ended&#8221; nation-building) thusly: &#8220;because the nation that I&#8217;m most interested in building is our own.&#8221;</p>
<p>Remarkable. Go and fight, he tells his cadets &#8212; some of whom may not return alive &#8212; but I may have to cut your mission short because my real priorities are domestic.</p>
<p>Has there ever been a call to arms more dispiriting, a trumpet more uncertain?</p>
<p>letters@charleskrauthammer.com<br />
<strong><br />
Copyright 2009, Washington Post Writers Group</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-uncertain-trumpet-dec-4th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #14:  &#8220;Obama Turns to Job Creation, but Warns of Limited Funds&#8221;  Dec. 4th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-obama-turns-to-job-creation-but-warns-of-limited-funds-dec-4th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-obama-turns-to-job-creation-but-warns-of-limited-funds-dec-4th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 Dec 2009 16:26:12 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Federalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1245</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By JACKIE CALMES of the New York Times
WASHINGTON — After months of focusing on Afghanistan and health care, President Obama turned his attention on Thursday to the high level of joblessness, but offered no promise that he could do much to bring unemployment down quickly even as he comes under pressure from his own party [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By JACKIE CALMES of the New York Times</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON — After months of focusing on Afghanistan and health care, President Obama turned his attention on Thursday to the high level of joblessness, but offered no promise that he could do much to bring unemployment down quickly even as he comes under pressure from his own party to do more.</p>
<p>At a White House forum, scheduled for the day before the government releases unemployment and job loss figures for November, Mr. Obama sought new ideas from business executives, labor leaders, economists and others. Confronted with concern that his own ambitious agenda and the uncertain climate it has created among employers have slowed hiring, the president defended his policies.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama said he would entertain “every demonstrably good idea” for creating jobs, but he cautioned that “our resources are limited.”</p>
<p>The president said he would announce some new ideas of his own next week. One of those, he indicated when he participated in a discussion group on clean energy, would be a program of weatherization incentives for homeowners and small businesses modeled on the popular “cash for clunkers” program.</p>
<p>On Capitol Hill, Ben S. Bernanke, the chairman of the Federal Reserve, told senators at a sometimes testy hearing on his confirmation for a second term, “Jobs are the issue right now.”</p>
<p>“It really is the biggest challenge, the most difficult problem that we face right now,” Mr. Bernanke added, citing in particular the inability of many credit-worthy small businesses to get bank loans.</p>
<p>In the House, where lawmakers are particularly sensitive to the employment issue since they all face re-election next year, Democratic leaders on Thursday were finishing work on a jobs bill for debate this month. It would extend expiring federal unemployment benefits for people who have been out of jobs for long periods, and provide up $70 billion for roads and infrastructure projects and for aid to small business. House Democrats plan to pay for the plan by drawing from the $700 billion fund set up last year to bail out financial institutions.</p>
<p>The House also passed legislation on Thursday that would freeze the federal tax on large estates at its current level. Under current law, the tax would have disappeared entirely next year, only to reappear at much higher levels in 2011. The vote highlighted the raft of fiscal issues facing the administration and Congress and the tension between addressing budget deficits and taking potentially expensive actions to help the economy.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama’s jobs event captured the political and policy vise now squeezing the president and his party at the end of his first year. It came on the eve of a government report that is expected to show unemployment remaining in double digits, and two days after Mr. Obama emphasized as he ordered 30,000 additional troops to Afghanistan that he did not want the financial burdens of the war to overwhelm his domestic agenda.</p>
<p>Both the domestic and the military demands on the administration are raising costs unanticipated when Mr. Obama took office, even as pressures build to arrest annual budget deficits now exceeding $1 trillion. Those demands are also eroding the broad support that swept Mr. Obama into office, especially among independent voters, and igniting a guns-versus-butter budget debate in his own party not seen since the Vietnam era.</p>
<p>While liberals are calling for ambitious job-creating measures along the lines of the New Deal and Republicans want to scale back government spending programs, Mr. Obama talked at the White House on Thursday of limited programs that he suggested could provide substantial bang for the buck when it comes to job creation. Among them was the weatherization program.</p>
<p>Called “cash for caulkers,” it would enlist contractors and home-improvement companies like Home Depot — whose chief executive was on the panel — to advertise the benefits, much as car dealers did for the clunkers trade-ins this year.</p>
<p>Yet that relatively modest proposal underscores the limits of the government’s ability to affect a jobless recovery with the highest unemployment rate in 26 years — and Mr. Obama acknowledged as much. Just as he said in Tuesday’s Afghanistan speech that the nation could not afford an open-ended commitment there, especially when the economy is so weak and deficits so high, Mr. Obama emphasized at the jobs forum that the government had already done a lot with his $787 billion economic stimulus package and the $700 billion financial bailout that he inherited.</p>
<p>“I want to be clear: While I believe the government has a critical role in creating the conditions for economic growth, ultimately true economic recovery is only going to come from the private sector,” he told his audience, which included executives and some critics from American Airlines, Boeing, Nucor, Google, Walt Disney and FedEx.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama told the chief executives that he wanted to know: “What’s holding back business investment and how we can increase confidence and spur hiring? And if there are things that we’re doing here in Washington that are inhibiting you, then we want to know about it.”</p>
<p>He got a blunt answer from Fred P. Lampropoulos, founder and chief of Merit Medical Systems Inc., a medical device manufacturer in the Salt Lake City area. Mr. Lampropoulos said some in his discussion group agreed that businesses were uncertain about investment because “there’s such an aggressive legislative agenda that businesspeople don’t really know what they ought to do.” That uncertainty, he added, “is really what’s holding back the jobs.”</p>
<p>The president acknowledged, “This is a legitimate concern,” one that he and his advisers had discussed before he took office.</p>
<p>But Mr. Obama said he had decided that “if we keep on putting off tough decisions about health care, about energy, about education, we’ll never get to the point where there’s a lot of appetite for that.”</p>
<p>The argument that Democrats’ ambitions are unnerving business is one that Republicans have been making lately, and it was prominent Thursday when House Republican leaders held a competing round table on jobs with conservative economists.</p>
<p>“The American people are asking, ‘Where are the jobs?’ but all they are getting from Washington Democrats is more spending, more debt and more policies that hurt small businesses,” said Representative John A. Boehner of Ohio, the House minority leader.</p>
<p>But W. James McNerney Jr., the head of the Boeing Company, said in an interview after the president’s forum, “If you ask me what creates the uncertainty I’m dealing with, it’s more the state of the economy.”</p>
<p>The administration’s domestic agenda is a problem only to the extent that it “is crowding out their attention” to the economy, Mr. McNerney said, adding, “I think the purpose of today was to convince us that there’s at least a half-pivot in the other direction.”</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-obama-turns-to-job-creation-but-warns-of-limited-funds-dec-4th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #14:  &#8220;C.I.A. to Expand Use of Drones in Pakistan&#8221;  Dec. 4th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-c-i-a-to-expand-use-of-drones-in-pakistan-dec-4th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-c-i-a-to-expand-use-of-drones-in-pakistan-dec-4th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 Dec 2009 16:24:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1243</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By SCOTT SHANE of The New York Times
WASHINGTON — Two weeks ago in Pakistan, Central Intelligence Agency sharpshooters killed eight people suspected of being militants of the Taliban and Al Qaeda, and wounded two others in a compound that was said to be used for terrorist training.
Then, the job in North Waziristan done, the C.I.A. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By SCOTT SHANE of The New York Times</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON — Two weeks ago in Pakistan, Central Intelligence Agency sharpshooters killed eight people suspected of being militants of the Taliban and Al Qaeda, and wounded two others in a compound that was said to be used for terrorist training.</p>
<p>Then, the job in North Waziristan done, the C.I.A. officers could head home from the agency’s Langley, Va., headquarters, facing only the hazards of the area’s famously snarled suburban traffic.</p>
<p>It was only the latest strike by the agency’s covert program to kill operatives of Al Qaeda, the Taliban and their allies using Hellfire missiles fired from Predator aircraft controlled from half a world away.</p>
<p>The White House has authorized an expansion of the C.I.A.’s drone program in Pakistan’s lawless tribal areas, officials said this week, to parallel the president’s decision, announced Tuesday, to send 30,000 more troops to Afghanistan. American officials are talking with Pakistan about the possibility of striking in Baluchistan for the first time — a controversial move since it is outside the tribal areas — because that is where Afghan Taliban leaders are believed to hide.</p>
<p>By increasing covert pressure on Al Qaeda and its allies in Pakistan, while ground forces push back the Taliban’s advances in Afghanistan, American officials hope to eliminate any haven for militants in the region.</p>
<p>One of Washington’s worst-kept secrets, the drone program is quietly hailed by counterterrorism officials as a resounding success, eliminating key terrorists and throwing their operations into disarray. But despite close cooperation from Pakistani intelligence, the program has generated public anger in Pakistan, and some counterinsurgency experts wonder whether it does more harm than good.</p>
<p>Assessments of the drone campaign have relied largely on sketchy reports in the Pakistani press, and some have estimated several hundred civilian casualties. Saying that such numbers are wrong, one government official agreed to speak about the program on the condition of anonymity. About 80 missile attacks from drones in less than two years have killed “more than 400” enemy fighters, the official said, offering a number lower than most estimates but in the same range. His account of collateral damage, however, was strikingly lower than many unofficial counts: “We believe the number of civilian casualties is just over 20, and those were people who were either at the side of major terrorists or were at facilities used by terrorists.”</p>
<p>That claim, which the official said reflected the Predators’ ability to loiter over a target feeding video images for hours before and after a strike, is likely to come under scrutiny from human rights advocates. Tom Parker, policy director for counterterrorism at Amnesty International, said he found the estimate “unlikely,” noting that reassessments of strikes in past wars had usually found civilian deaths undercounted. Mr. Parker said his group was uneasy about drone attacks anyway: “Anything that dehumanizes the process makes it easier to pull the trigger.”</p>
<p>Yet with few other tools to use against Al Qaeda, the drone program has enjoyed bipartisan support in Congress and was escalated by the Obama administration in January. More C.I.A. drone attacks have been conducted under President Obama than under President George W. Bush. The political consensus in support of the drone program, its antiseptic, high-tech appeal and its secrecy have obscured just how radical it is. For the first time in history, a civilian intelligence agency is using robots to carry out a military mission, selecting people for killing in a country where the United States is not officially at war.</p>
<p>In the months after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, C.I.A. officials were not eager to embrace killing terrorists from afar with video-game controls, said one former intelligence official. “There was also a lot of reluctance at Langley to get into a lethal program like this,” the official said. But officers grew comfortable with the program as they checked off their hit list more than a dozen notorious figures, including Abu Khabab al-Masri, a Qaeda expert on explosives; Rashid Rauf, accused of being the planner of the 2006 trans-Atlantic airliner plot; and Baitullah Mehsud, leader of the Pakistani Taliban.</p>
<p>The drone warfare pioneered by the C.I.A. in Pakistan and the Air Force in Iraq and Afghanistan is the leading edge of a wave of push-button combat that will raise legal, moral and political questions around the world, said P. W. Singer, a scholar at the Brookings Institution and author of the book “Wired for War.”</p>
<p>Forty-four countries have unmanned aircraft for surveillance, Mr. Singer said. So far, only the United States and Israel have used the planes for strikes, but that number will grow.</p>
<p>“We’re talking about a technology that’s not going away,” he said.</p>
<p>There is little doubt that “warheads on foreheads,” in the macho lingo of intelligence officers, have been disruptive to the militants in Pakistan, removing leaders and fighters, slowing movement and sowing dissension as survivors hunt for spies who may be tipping off the Americans. Yet the drones are unpopular with many Pakistanis, who see them as a violation of their country’s sovereignty — one reason the United States refuses to officially acknowledge the attacks. A poll by Gallup Pakistan last summer found only 9 percent of Pakistanis in favor of the attacks and 67 percent against, with a majority ranking the United States as a greater threat to Pakistan than its archrival, India, or the Pakistani Taliban.</p>
<p>Interestingly, residents of the tribal areas where the attacks actually occur, who bitterly resent the militants’ brutal rule, are far less critical of the drones, said Farhat Taj, an anthropologist with the Aryana Institute for Regional Research and Advocacy. A study of 550 professional people living in the tribal areas was conducted late last year by the institute, a Pakistani research group. About half of those interviewed called the drone strikes “accurate,” 6 in 10 said they damaged militant organizations, and almost as many denied they increased anti-Americanism.</p>
<p>Dr. Taj, who lived at the edge of the tribal areas until 2002, said residents would prefer to be protected by the Pakistani Army. “But they feel powerless toward the militants and they see the drones as their liberator,” she said.</p>
<p>In an interview this week with the German magazine Der Spiegel, the Pakistani prime minister, Syed Yousuf Raza Gilani, said the drone strikes “do no good, because they boost anti-American resentment throughout the country.” American officials say that despite such public comments, Pakistan privately supplies crucial intelligence, proposes targets and allows the Predators to take off from a base in Baluchistan.</p>
<p>Pakistan’s public criticism of the drone attacks has muddied the legal status of the strikes, which United States officials say are justified as defensive measures against groups that have vowed to attack Americans. Philip Alston, the United Nations’ special rapporteur for extrajudicial executions and a prominent critic of the program, has said it is impossible to judge whether the program violates international law without knowing whether Pakistan permits the incursions, how targets are selected and what is done to minimize civilian casualties.</p>
<p>A spokesman for the C.I.A., Paul Gimigliano, defended the program without quite acknowledging its existence. “While the C.I.A. does not comment on reports of Predator operations, the tools we use in the fight against Al Qaeda and its violent allies are exceptionally accurate, precise and effective,” he said. “Press reports suggesting that hundreds of Pakistani civilians have somehow been killed as a result of alleged or supposed U.S. activities are — to state what should be obvious under any circumstances — flat-out false.”</p>
<p>From 2004 to 2007, the C.I.A. carried out only a handful of strikes. But pressure from the Congressional intelligence committees, greater confidence in the technology and reduced resistance from Pakistan led to a sharp increase starting in the summer of 2008.</p>
<p>Former C.I.A. officials say there is a rigorous protocol for identifying militants, using video from the Predators, intercepted cellphone calls and tips from Pakistani intelligence, often originating with militants’ resentful neighbors. Operators at C.I.A. headquarters can use the drones’ video feed to study a militant’s identity and follow fighters to training areas or weapons caches, officials say. Targeters often can see where wives and children are located in a compound or wait until fighters drive away from a house or village before they are hit.</p>
<p>Mr. Mehsud’s wife and parents-in-law were killed with him, but that was an exceptional decision prompted by the rare chance to attack him, the official said.</p>
<p>The New America Foundation, a policy group in Washington, studied press reports and estimated that since 2006 at least 500 militants and 250 civilians had been killed in the drone strikes. A separate count, by The Long War Journal, found 885 militants’ deaths and 94 civilians’.</p>
<p>But the government official insisted on the accuracy of his far lower figure of approximately 20 civilian deaths, noting that the Pakistani press rarely reported local protests about civilian deaths, routine occurrences when bombs in Afghanistan have gone astray.</p>
<p>Daniel S. Markey, who studies South Asia at the Council on Foreign Relations, said the comments of two anti-Taliban tribal leaders he spoke with on a recent trip to Pakistan seemed to capture the paradox of the drones.</p>
<p>The tribal leaders told him that the strikes were eliminating dangerous militants while causing few civilian deaths. But they pleaded for a halt to the attacks, saying the strikes stirred up anger toward the United States and the Pakistani Army, and “made them look like puppets,” he said.</p>
<p>“It gave the lie,” Mr. Markey said, “to the argument we’ve made for a long time: that this fight is theirs, too.”</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/04/ce-week-14-c-i-a-to-expand-use-of-drones-in-pakistan-dec-4th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>BLOG RECOVERY CE Week #13:  &#8220;New York State Senate Votes Down Gay Marriage Bill&#8221;  Dec. 3rd</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/03/blog-recovery-ce-week-13-new-york-state-senate-votes-down-gay-marriage-bill-dec-3rd/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/03/blog-recovery-ce-week-13-new-york-state-senate-votes-down-gay-marriage-bill-dec-3rd/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 03 Dec 2009 16:52:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Religion]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1241</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By JEREMY W. PETERS
ALBANY — The New York State Senate decisively rejected a bill on Wednesday that would have allowed gay couples to wed, providing a major victory for those who oppose same-sex marriage and underscoring the deep and passionate divisions surrounding the issue.
The 38-to-24 vote startled proponents of the bill and signaled that political [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By JEREMY W. PETERS</strong></p>
<p>ALBANY — The New York State Senate decisively rejected a bill on Wednesday that would have allowed gay couples to wed, providing a major victory for those who oppose same-sex marriage and underscoring the deep and passionate divisions surrounding the issue.</p>
<p>The 38-to-24 vote startled proponents of the bill and signaled that political momentum, at least right now, had shifted against same-sex marriage, even in heavily Democratic New York. It followed more than a year of lobbying by gay rights organizations, who steered close to $1 million into New York legislative races to boost support for the measure.</p>
<p>Senators who voted against the measure said the public was gripped by economic anxiety and remained uneasy about changing the state’s definition of marriage.</p>
<p>“Certainly this is an emotional issue and an important issue for many New Yorkers,” said Senator Tom Libous, the deputy Republican leader. “I just don’t think the majority care too much about it at this time because they’re out of work, they want to see the state reduce spending, and they are having a hard time making ends meet. And I don’t mean to sound callous, but that’s true.”</p>
<p>The defeat, which followed a stirring, tearful and at times very personal debate, all but ensures that the issue is dead in New York until at least 2011, when a new Legislature will be installed.</p>
<p>Since 2003, seven states, including three that border New York, have legalized same-sex marriage. But in two of the seven — California last year and Maine last month — statewide referendums have restricted marriage to straight couples, prohibiting gay nuptials. Pollsters say that while support generally is building for same-sex marriage, especially as the electorate ages, voters resist when they fear the issue is being pushed too fast.</p>
<p>In Albany on Wednesday, proponents had believed going into the vote that they could attract as many as 35 supporters to the measure; at their most pessimistic, they said they would draw at least 26. They had the support of Gov. David A. Paterson, who had publicly championed the bill, along with Mayor Michael R. Bloomberg, Assembly Speaker Sheldon Silver and the Senate Democratic leadership.</p>
<p>The defeat revealed stark divides: All 30 of the Republican senators opposed the bill, as did most of the members from upstate New York and Long Island. Support was heaviest among members from New York City and Westchester County and among the Senate’s 10 black members. Seven of the Senate’s 10 women voted for it.</p>
<p>“I’m a woman and a Jew and so I know about discrimination,” said Senator Liz Krueger of Manhattan.</p>
<p>Senators who are considered politically vulnerable also voted almost uniformly against the bill, including four first-term Democrats. All but one of those whose districts border or lie within the 23rd Congressional District, where the marriage issue erupted in a recent special election, opposed it. In that race, a Republican who supported gay marriage withdrew after an uproar from conservatives in her district.</p>
<p>“I think that there were political forces that in some respects intimidated some of those who voted,” said Mr. Paterson. “I think if there’d actually been a conscience vote we’d be celebrating marriage equality right now.”</p>
<p>While gay rights supporters such as Mr. Paterson had prominently pushed for passage, the opposition was less visible but ultimately more potent. That was reflected in the floor debate Wednesday: Opponents remained mostly silent; all but one of those who spoke on the floor supported the measure.</p>
<p>The state’s Roman Catholic bishops had consistently lobbied for its defeat, however, and after the vote released a statement applauding the move.</p>
<p>“Advocates for same-sex marriage have attempted to portray their cause as inevitable,” Richard E. Barnes, the executive director of the New York State Catholic Conference, said in the statement. “However, it has become clear that Americans continue to understand marriage the way it has always been understood, and New York is not different in that regard. This is a victory for the basic building block of our society.”</p>
<p>Several supporters said they felt they had been betrayed by senators who promised to vote yes but then, reluctant to support an issue as politically freighted as same-sex marriage if they could avoid it, switched their votes on the floor when it became evident the bill would lose.</p>
<p>“This is the worst example of political cowardice I’ve ever seen,” said Senator Kevin S. Parker, a Brooklyn Democrat. “Clearly people said things prior to coming to the floor and behaved differently.”</p>
<p>Republican advocates who supported the bill insisted that the agreement they struck with Democrats called for Democrats, who have 32 seats in the 62-member Senate, to deliver enough support so only a handful of Republicans were needed to take such a politically risky vote.</p>
<p>“Several Republicans wanted to vote for this,” said Jeff Cook, a legislative adviser for the Log Cabin Republicans. “But those Republicans aren’t willing to take a tough political vote when the bill has no chance of passage. And that’s the political reality.”</p>
<p>It is rare for legislation to reach the floor in Albany when passage is not all but assured. And initially, gay rights advocates resisted bringing this bill to a vote, fearing the consequences of a defeat. But they shifted that strategy over time, becoming convinced that an up or down vote was necessary so they could finally know which senators supported the bill.</p>
<p>That was in part because gay rights groups, which have become major financial players in state politics, wanted to know which senators they should back in the future and which ones to target for defeat.</p>
<p>Alan Van Capelle, executive director of the Empire State Pride Agenda, New York’s largest gay rights group, hinted that senators who voted against the bill on Wednesday could face repercussions. And Christine C. Quinn, the New York City Council speaker, echoed that sentiment, saying, “Anybody who thinks that by casting a no vote they’re putting this issue to bed, they’re making a massive miscalculation.”</p>
<p>Polls suggest that voters in New York favor same-sex marriage, though the electorate is clearly split. A poll released Wednesday by the Marist Institute for Public Opinion in Poughkeepsie showed that 51 percent of registered voters supported same-sex marriage while 42 percent opposed it.</p>
<p>On Wednesday, as news of the vote made its way to demonstrators standing outside the Senate chamber, some erupted in angry chants of “Equal rights!” and surrounded a senator who opposed the measure. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/03/blog-recovery-ce-week-13-new-york-state-senate-votes-down-gay-marriage-bill-dec-3rd/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>BLOG RECOVERY CE Week #13:  &#8220;Old Clemency May Be Issue for Huckabee&#8221;  Dec. 1st</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/01/blog-recovery-ce-week-13-old-clemency-may-be-issue-for-huckabee-dec-1st/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/01/blog-recovery-ce-week-13-old-clemency-may-be-issue-for-huckabee-dec-1st/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2009 14:49:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crime]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1230</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By KATE ZERNIKE
When Mike Huckabee, a former Southern Baptist minister then serving as governor of Arkansas, granted clemency to Maurice Clemmons nine years ago, he cited his age: Mr. Clemmons was 16 when he began the crime spree for which he was sentenced to more than 100 years in prison.
Now, Mr. Clemmons is being sought [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By KATE ZERNIKE</strong></p>
<p>When <strong>Mike Huckabee</strong>, a former Southern Baptist minister then serving as governor of Arkansas, granted clemency to Maurice Clemmons nine years ago, he cited his age: Mr. Clemmons was 16 when he began the crime spree for which he was sentenced to more than 100 years in prison.</p>
<p>Now, Mr. Clemmons is being sought as the suspect in the killing of four uniformed police officers, execution-style, on Sunday as they sat in a coffee shop near Tacoma, Wash., writing reports.</p>
<p>Mr. Huckabee, now a Fox News talk-show host, has been leading the pack of <strong>possible Republican contenders for president in 2012</strong>. But the killings of the police officers are focusing renewed attention on his long-contentious record of <strong>pardoning convicts</strong> or <strong>commuting their sentences</strong>.</p>
<p>In a decade as governor beginning in 1996, Mr. Huckabee did so twice as many times as his three predecessors combined. He typically gave little explanation for individual pardons. But he spoke often of his belief in redemption, based on a strong religious belief that even criminals are capable of changing their lives and often deserve a second chance. He also raised concerns about the fairness of the Arkansas justice system.</p>
<p>The commutation of Mr. Clemmons’s sentence was routine enough that it failed to make a list of Mr. Huckabee’s 10 “most publicized” prison commutations compiled by an Arkansas newspaper in August 2004. And if it turns out to be a case in which a parole had gone bad, it will be difficult to pin responsibility solely on Mr. Huckabee, because many others made decisions that kept Mr. Clemmons out of prison.</p>
<p>Mr. Clemmons had been convicted for a series of burglaries and robberies that began in 1989, and would not have been eligible for parole until 2021. He applied for clemency in 2000, writing in a petition to Mr. Huckabee that he had simply fallen in with a bad crowd in a bad neighborhood as a teenager, and that he “had learned through the ‘school of hard knocks’ to appreciate and respect the rights of others.”</p>
<p>Mr. Huckabee commuted his sentence, making him eligible for immediate parole. Within six months, Mr. Clemmons violated the conditions of his parole, returning to prison in July 2001 for aggravated robbery. When he was paroled again by the state in 2004, the police in Little Rock served a warrant on him related to a 2001 robbery. But a lawyer for Mr. Clemmons argued that too much time had elapsed since the warrant was issued, and prosecutors dropped the charges.</p>
<p>Mr. Huckabee, who rode a brand of prairie populism to finish second in the Republican presidential primaries in 2008, <strong>granted more than 1,000 pardons or clemency requests as governor</strong>. As his reputation for granting clemency spread, more convicts applied. Aides said he read each file personally.</p>
<p>In most cases, he followed the recommendation of the parole board, but in several cases he overrode the objections of prosecutors, judges and victims’ families. And in several, he followed recommendations for clemency from Baptist preachers who had been longtime supporters.</p>
<p>Prosecutors told him he was ignoring his responsibility to explain to citizens why he was setting free convicted murderers and rapists. His response, some of them say, was to blame others and strike out against his critics — an off-note from a man they consider a gifted politician.</p>
<p>“Victims groups were pretty well ignored, along with boots-on-the-streets law enforcement and good citizens who sit on these juries,” said Larry Jegley, who objected to Mr. Clemmons’s clemency request as the prosecuting attorney for Pulaski County, where he was convicted.</p>
<p>Robert Herzfeld, then the prosecuting attorney of Saline County, wrote a letter to Governor Huckabee in January 2004, saying his policy on clemency was “fatally flawed” and suggesting that he should announce specific reasons for granting clemency. Mr. Huckabee’s chief aide on clemency wrote back: “The governor read your letter and laughed out loud. He wanted me to respond to you. I wish you success as you cut down on your caffeine consumption.”</p>
<p>“It was all a very personal issue for him,” said Mr. Herzfeld, who later sued successfully to overturn one of Mr. Huckabee’s clemency decisions, which would have set free a man convicted in a bludgeoning death. “It was always about how I was trying to get him or another prosecutor was trying to get him, not about how to do it right. He’s brilliant politically and very likable, but it seems like there’s a blind spot on this issue.”</p>
<p>With Mr. Clemmons, political consultants say Mr. Huckabee may have hit his Willie Horton moment</p>
<p>“As a front-runner, obviously with circumstances like this, it’s out there as a big issue,” said Ed Rollins, the manager of Mr. Huckabee’s 2008 presidential campaign.</p>
<p>Mr. Huckabee survived a similar moment before, during the <strong>Iowa caucuses</strong>, when former <strong>Gov. Mitt Romney of Massachusetts</strong> criticized his judgment in the case of Wayne DuMond, a convicted rapist who raped and killed a woman 11 months after being paroled in Arkansas.</p>
<p>Mr. Huckabee said that he had opposed clemency, and that it had been his predecessor, Jim Guy Tucker, who had made Mr. DuMond eligible for parole by reducing his sentence. “If anyone needs to get a Willie Horton out of it, it’s Jim Guy Tucker and the Democrat Party and it ain’t me,” he said to reporters at the time.</p>
<p>But Mr. Huckabee had come into office saying he intended to commute Mr. DuMond’s sentence. He later denied the request only as the state’s board granted Mr. DuMond parole. Members of the board later said they had been pressured by the governor.</p>
<p>Mr. Clemmons’s case packs more potency: the facts of Mr. Huckabee’s involvement in the clemency decision are less in dispute, and the crime has played over and over on national television.</p>
<p>“It’s the same issue yet again,” said Whit Ayres, a Republican pollster. “The difference this time is that Governor Huckabee would start with greater visibility and higher in the polls, which always enhances and exacerbates any possible criticisms.”</p>
<p>Should he run, there are many prosecutors and victims’ advocates in Arkansas who say they are ready to argue to the national news media that this is just one of the cases where Mr. Huckabee used poor judgment and ignored an inmate’s history of criminal behavior in deciding for clemency. Through a spokeswoman, Mr. Huckabee declined requests for an interview, but a statement from the “press team” on the Web site of his political action committee said that should Mr. Clemmons be found responsible for the shootings, “it will be the result of a series of failures in the criminal justice system in both Arkansas and Washington State.”</p>
<p>“He was recommended for and received commutation of his original sentence from 1990,” the statement said. “This commutation made him parole-eligible and he was then paroled by the parole board once they determined he met the conditions at that time.”</p>
<p>On Sunday, before the shooting, Mr. Huckabee sounded ambivalent on Fox News about running for president, saying he liked his role at the network and wanted to be sure that, unlike in 2008, he would receive support from the Republican establishment.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/01/blog-recovery-ce-week-13-old-clemency-may-be-issue-for-huckabee-dec-1st/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>BLOG RECOVERY  CE Week #13:  &#8220;No Big Cost Rise in U.S. Premiums Is Seen in Study&#8221;  Dec. 1st</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/01/blog-recovery-ce-week-13-no-big-cost-rise-in-u-s-premiums-is-seen-in-study-dec-1st/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/01/blog-recovery-ce-week-13-no-big-cost-rise-in-u-s-premiums-is-seen-in-study-dec-1st/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2009 14:44:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1228</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By ROBERT PEAR and DAVID M. HERSZENHORN
WASHINGTON — The Congressional Budget Office said Monday that the Senate health bill could significantly reduce costs for many people who buy health insurance on their own, and that it would not substantially change premiums for the vast numbers of Americans who receive coverage from large employers.
The eagerly awaited [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By ROBERT PEAR and DAVID M. HERSZENHORN</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON — <strong>The Congressional Budget Office</strong> said Monday that the Senate health bill could significantly reduce costs for many people who buy health insurance on their own, and that it would not substantially change premiums for the vast numbers of Americans who receive coverage from large employers.</p>
<p>The eagerly awaited report, which came as the Senate began debate on the legislation, provided Democrats with ammunition against Republicans who have criticized the bill on the ground that it would raise costs for a majority of Americans.</p>
<p><strong>Centrist Democrats like Senator Evan Bayh of Indiana</strong>, whose votes are vital to President Obama’s hopes of getting the bill approved, had feared that the measure would drive up costs for people with employer-sponsored coverage. After reading the budget office report, Mr. Bayh said he was reassured on that point.</p>
<p>Before taking account of federal subsidies to help people buy insurance on their own, the budget office said the bill would tend to drive up premiums. But as a result of the subsidies, it said, most people in the individual insurance market would see their costs decline, compared with the costs expected under current law. The subsidies, a main feature of the bill, would cost the government nearly $450 billion in the next 10 years and would cover nearly two-thirds of premiums for people who receive them.</p>
<p>For most people who get health insurance through employers — five-sixths of the total market — the budget office concluded that there would be little change in their premiums relative to the amounts projected under current law.</p>
<p>Administration officials said the report provided a lift to the bill, which embodies Mr. Obama’s top domestic priority.</p>
<p>“The C.B.O. has rendered a fundamental judgment that this will reduce the deficit and reduce people’s premium costs,” said Rahm Emanuel, the White House chief of staff, who huddled with Senate Democratic leaders on Capitol Hill on Monday. “All the Republican leadership will guarantee you is the status quo.”</p>
<p>But Republican senators like <strong>Charles E. Grassley of Iowa and Mitch McConnell of Kentucky, the minority leader</strong>, said the report validated their concerns. They focused on the prediction that unsubsidized premiums in the individual insurance market, less than a fifth of those with health insurance, would rise an average of 10 percent to 13 percent.</p>
<p>“The analysis by the Congressional Budget Office confirms our worst fears,” Mr. Grassley said. “Millions of people who are expecting lower costs as a result of health reform will end up paying more in the form of higher premiums. For large and small employers that have been struggling for years with skyrocketing health insurance premiums, C.B.O. concludes this bill will do little, if anything, to provide relief.”</p>
<p><strong>The Senate majority leader, Harry Reid, Democrat of Nevada</strong>, said the highly partisan floor debate that opened Monday afternoon was one of the most significant in the history of the Senate. It is expected to continue for much of December, with supporters and opponents alike offering a raft of amendments as the White House and Democratic leaders seek to put together the 60-vote coalition necessary to win passage.</p>
<p>Administration officials continued to reach out to lawmakers in both parties to try to build support. <strong>Senator Susan Collins, Republican of Maine</strong>, said she met Monday for 45 minutes with Nancy-Ann DeParle, director of the White House Office of Health Reform, to discuss her concerns about the legislation.</p>
<p>In its report, the budget office compared estimates of premiums in 2016 under the new legislation and under current law. In either case, after seven years of inflation, premiums would be substantially higher than they are today.</p>
<p>The budget office said the analysis of premiums was extremely complex, so the experience of individuals and families &#8220;could vary significantly from the average.”</p>
<p>“In general,” it said, “the proposal would tend to increase premiums for people who are young and relatively healthy, and decrease premiums for those who are older and relatively unhealthy.”</p>
<p>Under the legislation, it said, the average premium per person in the individual insurance market would be 10 percent to 13 percent higher than under current law. But, it said, most people in this market — 18 million of the 32 million people buying insurance on their own — would qualify for federal subsidies, which would reduce their costs well below what they would have to pay under current law.</p>
<p>For people receiving subsidies, the budget office said, premiums would be 56 percent to 59 percent lower than under current law.</p>
<p>Without subsidies, it said, premiums under the bill would average $5,800 a year for individuals and $15,200 a year for families buying coverage on their own. Under current law, the comparable figures would be $5,500 and $13,100.</p>
<p>“This study indicates that, for most Americans, the bill will have a modestly positive impact on their premium costs,” Mr. Bayh said. “For the remainder, more will see their costs go down than up.”</p>
<p>Under the bill, the budget office said, individual policies would have to provide more benefits and pay a larger share of costs than most existing policies do. In other words, it said, some people would pay more, but would also get more.</p>
<p>Insurers, it said, would have to cover certain services that, in many cases, are not covered by existing policies in the individual insurance market. These include maternity care, prescription drugs, mental health services and substance abuse treatment. Moreover, it said, under the legislation, insurance would cover an average of 72 percent of medical costs for people buying insurance on their own, up from 60 percent under current law.</p>
<p>The budget office said it foresaw “smaller effects on premiums for employment-based coverage.”</p>
<p>In groups with 50 or fewer employees, it said, unsubsidized premiums in 2016 would average $7,800 a year for individuals and $19,200 for families — scarcely any different from the amounts expected under current law. Of the 25 million people receiving coverage from small businesses, it said, 3 million would qualify for subsidies, which would reduce their premiums by an average of 8 percent to 11 percent.</p>
<p>Large employers would generally not be eligible for such assistance. Their premiums in 2016 under the bill would average $7,300 for individual coverage and $20,100 for family coverage, the report said. Under current law, the comparable figures would be $7,400 for individual coverage and $20,300 for family coverage.</p>
<p>The Senate bill would impose an excise tax on high-premium health plans offered by employers. People who remain in such “Cadillac health plans” would pay higher premiums, but most people would avoid the effect of the tax by enrolling in plans with lower premiums, the budget office said.<br />
<strong><br />
Carl Hulse contributed reporting.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/12/01/blog-recovery-ce-week-13-no-big-cost-rise-in-u-s-premiums-is-seen-in-study-dec-1st/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>BLOG RECOVERY CE Week #13:  &#8221; President Obama gives go-ahead to implement Afghanistan strategy&#8221;  Nov. 30th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/30/ce-week-13-president-obama-gives-go-ahead-to-implement-afghanistan-strategy-nov-30th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/30/ce-week-13-president-obama-gives-go-ahead-to-implement-afghanistan-strategy-nov-30th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2009 02:59:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1226</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By Sam Youngman
President Barack Obama has already ordered his military commanders to implement his Afghanistan strategy, which will be unveiled to the nation in a primetime address from West Point on Tuesday.
Obama is expected to order another 34,000 troops to Afghanistan during the address from the United States Military Academy, though a White House spokesman [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Sam Youngman</strong></p>
<p>President Barack Obama has already ordered his military commanders to implement his Afghanistan strategy, which will be unveiled to the nation in a primetime address from West Point on Tuesday.</p>
<p>Obama is expected to order another 34,000 troops to Afghanistan during the address from the United States Military Academy, though a White House spokesman refused to confirm that figure Monday morning.</p>
<p><strong>White House press secretary Robert Gibbs</strong> said Obama had been consulting with members of Congress on Monday and will continue to do so Tuesday. Obama is set to meet with a bipartisan, bicameral group of at least 31 lawmakers at the White House on Tuesday afternoon before he leaves for West Point.</p>
<p>Obama was also spending Monday and Tuesday briefing world leaders on his new strategy. <strong>Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton</strong>, who was informed of the decision by phone Sunday night, will travel to Europe later this week to meet with <strong>NATO</strong> allies.</p>
<p>Obama spent much of the weekend working on his remarks to the nation with Ben Rhodes, his top national security speechwriter.</p>
<p>Gibbs declined to divulge much of what Obama will tell the country, but Gibbs emphasized that the president will make it clear to the American people, U.S. allies and Afghans that “this is not an open-ended commitment.”</p>
<p>Obama delivered marching orders during a Sunday Oval Office meeting with <strong>Defense Secretary Robert Gates</strong>; commander of U.S. Central Command Gen. David Petraeus; National Security Adviser Gen. James Jones; <strong>Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Adm. Mike Mullen</strong>; Gen. James Cartwright, vice chairman of the Joint Chiefs; and <strong>White House Chief of Staff Rahm Emanuel</strong>.</p>
<p>“<strong>The commander in chief</strong> delivered the orders,” Gibbs said.</p>
<p>After issuing his orders in the Oval Office, Obama held a secure video conference with <strong>U.S. and NATO commander in Afghanistan Gen. Stanley McChrystal</strong> and the U.S. ambassador to the country, Karl Eikenberry, from the White House situation room, Gibbs said.</p>
<p>Congressional Democrats are deeply divided on how to pay for the increased involvement in Afghanistan, and Gibbs declined to say if Obama was discussing that point of contention with lawmakers.</p>
<p>Gibbs did say that Obama will acknowledge in his address that there are &#8220;limits on our resources,&#8221; both budgetary and in terms of manpower, and that Obama will lay out objectives for the increased troop presence in the country.</p>
<p>As officials have debated whether to target <strong>al Qaeda</strong> and the <strong>Taliban</strong>, Gibbs did not appear to draw much of a distinction, saying that a goal of the strategy will be to ensure that “the Taliban are not capable of providing a safe haven for al Qaeda” like they did before the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001.</p>
<p>Obama will also stress that the U.S. will lay out “benchmarks for progress” for the Afghan government for the training of Afghan security personnel and for eliminating government corruption.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/30/ce-week-13-president-obama-gives-go-ahead-to-implement-afghanistan-strategy-nov-30th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #12:  &#8220;In his slow decision-making, Obama goes with head, not gut&#8221;  Nov. 25th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/25/ce-week-12-in-his-slow-decision-making-obama-goes-with-head-not-gut-nov-25th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/25/ce-week-12-in-his-slow-decision-making-obama-goes-with-head-not-gut-nov-25th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2009 20:23:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1220</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By Joel Achenbach
Washington Post Staff Writer
Wednesday, November 25, 2009

President George W. Bush once boasted, &#8220;I&#8217;m not a textbook player, I&#8217;m a gut player.&#8221; The new tenant of the Oval Office takes a strikingly different approach. President Obama is almost defiantly deliberative, methodical and measured, even when critics accuse him of dithering. When describing his executive [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Joel Achenbach<br />
Washington Post Staff Writer<br />
Wednesday, November 25, 2009<br />
</strong><br />
President George W. Bush once boasted, &#8220;I&#8217;m not a textbook player, I&#8217;m a gut player.&#8221; The new tenant of the Oval Office takes a strikingly different approach. President Obama is almost defiantly deliberative, methodical and measured, even when critics accuse him of dithering. When describing his executive style, he goes into Spock mode, saying, &#8220;You&#8217;ve got to make decisions based on information and not emotions.&#8221;</p>
<p>Obama&#8217;s handling of the Afghanistan conundrum has been a spectacle of deliberation unlike anything seen in the White House in recent memory. The strategic review began in September. Again and again, the war council convened in the Situation Room. The president mulled an array of unappealing options. Next week, finally, he will tell the American public the outcome of all this strategizing.</p>
<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s establishing his decision-making process as being almost diametrically the opposite of the previous administration,&#8221; says Lawrence Wilkerson, a retired Army colonel who served as Secretary of State Colin L. Powell&#8217;s chief of staff. Wilkerson, who teaches national security decision-making at George Washington University, says the Bush-Cheney style was &#8220;cowboy-like, typical Texas, typical Wyoming, and extremely secretive.&#8221;</p>
<p>Stephen Wayne, who teaches about the presidency at Georgetown, said: &#8220;He&#8217;s not an instinctive decision-maker as Bush was. He doesn&#8217;t go with his gut, he thinks with his head, which I think is desirable.&#8221; Referring to the Afghanistan decision, Wayne said, &#8220;I don&#8217;t think he is an indecisive person, I just think this is a tough one.&#8221;</p>
<p>But to his critics, Obama&#8217;s prolonged Afghanistan review suggests weakness rather than wisdom. Former <strong>vice president Richard B. Cheney</strong> lobbed the &#8220;dithering&#8221; accusation last month. Then last week, former <strong>senator Fred D. Thompson (R-Tenn.)</strong> said on his radio show that Obama has waited so long to decide on an Afghanistan strategy that the war is now lost. &#8220;The president does not have the will and determination to do what&#8217;s necessary to win it. His heart&#8217;s not in it, and never has been,&#8221; Thompson said.</p>
<p>Obama&#8217;s style has been attacked from his left flank as well. Liberals have zinged him as being too cautious, too much of a compromiser. Some of his supporters would like to see him show more fire in the belly and recapture the energy that propelled him to victory last year.</p>
<p>&#8220;I think the Obama we&#8217;ve seen as president is a very different Obama than we saw during the campaign. He doesn&#8217;t seem to be connected, he doesn&#8217;t seem to have the passion, he doesn&#8217;t seem to be conveying the grand and inspiring vision,&#8221; says the progressive historian Allan Lichtman of American University. &#8220;If you want to be a transformational president, you&#8217;ve got to take the risks.&#8221;</p>
<p>Sean Wilentz, a history professor at Princeton, says Obama has suffered from unrealistic expectations among those who put him in office. &#8220;They kind of were sold Utopia, and they bought it, and it didn&#8217;t happen,&#8221; he says. &#8220;People were comparing the candidate to Abraham Lincoln before he served a day of his presidency. Nobody can live up to that.&#8221;</p>
<p>Many jobs, many crises</p>
<p><strong>As commander in chief, economist in chief, diplomat in chief and figurehead in chief, the president has a job description nearly as long as the tax code.</strong> He is in the Situation Room one night, holding a state dinner in a South Lawn tent the next &#8212; and pardoning a turkey in the Rose Garden the following morning. His portfolio of responsibilities covers much of the planet; no president has seen so many countries so fast. But critics are not satisfied. The reaction to his recent trip to Asia was, in effect, that he went all the way to China and came back with only a lousy T-shirt.</p>
<p>With multiple crises on his docket, the president has much to contemplate as he enters the holiday season. The economy has shown signs of growth and the stock market is up, but it&#8217;s a jobless recovery, unemployment is at the highest rate since he was in college, and there are fears of a double-dip recession. The dollar is down. The national debt is oceanic. Obama&#8217;s health-care plan is imperiled by the whims of a handful of lawmakers. His approval rating has dipped below 50 percent. Even once-Obama-friendly &#8220;Saturday Night Live&#8221; has taken to mocking him as a do-nothing president. This follows historical patterns: <strong>New presidents always experience a drop in popularity as the romance of the campaign trail gives way to the mundane bill-paying and grocery shopping of governance.</strong></p>
<p>The public debate over Afghanistan has focused on whether Obama should authorize more troops. The actual decision is vastly more complicated. Whatever the president chooses to do, he must bring on board as many allies as possible, which means getting a buy-in from Congress, his Cabinet, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the bean counters who budget military action, NATO, various dyspeptic European leaders, the generals in the theater, the troops on the ground, the sketchy Afghan leadership, the Pakistanis and so on. He must also sell his plan to the American people, convincing the right that he&#8217;s tough enough to fight and the left that he knows where the exit is.</p>
<p>Obama told Chip Reid of CBS News, &#8220;I think the American people understand that my job here is to get it right, and I&#8217;m less concerned about perceptions, about process, than I am at making sure that once a decision is made everybody understands it, everybody is on the same page, and we&#8217;re able to move forward with the support of the American people.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8216;A lot of different layers&#8217;</p>
<p><strong>White House press secretary Robert Gibbs</strong> was asked Monday if the president had anguished over the Afghanistan decision.</p>
<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know if he&#8217;s anguished through this process,&#8221; Gibbs said. &#8220;I just think the president understands that there are a lot of different layers to our involvement in Afghanistan, how it relates to the region, what its impact is on our forces, what its impact is on our fiscal situation.&#8221;</p>
<p>Obama discussed his professorial leadership style in a recent interview with U.S. News &#038; World Report. He said he is not afraid of doubt and is comfortable with uncertainty: &#8220;Because these are tough questions, you are always dealing to some degree with probabilities. You&#8217;re never 100 percent certain that the course of action you&#8217;re choosing is going to work. What you can have confidence in is that the probability of it working is higher than the other options available to you. But that still leaves some uncertainty, which I think can be stressful, and that&#8217;s part of the reason why it&#8217;s so important to be willing to constantly reevaluate decisions based on new information.&#8221;</p>
<p>This past spring, Obama was asked by &#8220;60 Minutes&#8221; to describe the toughest decision in his first few months of office. He quickly said that it was the decision to deploy 17,000 more troops to Afghanistan. The increase had been requested by military commanders during the previous administration. Obama signed off on it.</p>
<p>He noted the grave responsibility of sending young men and women into harm&#8217;s way. But he also expressed discomfort with the process.</p>
<p>&#8220;I think it&#8217;s the right thing to do,&#8221; he said. &#8220;But it&#8217;s a weighty decision, because we actually had to make the decision prior to the completion of a strategic review that we were conducting.&#8221;</p>
<p>No one can accuse him of rushing the decision this time around. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/25/ce-week-12-in-his-slow-decision-making-obama-goes-with-head-not-gut-nov-25th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #12:  &#8220;Wave of Debt Payments Facing U.S. Government&#8221;  Nov. 23rd</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/23/ce-week-12-wave-of-debt-payments-facing-u-s-government-nov-23rd/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/23/ce-week-12-wave-of-debt-payments-facing-u-s-government-nov-23rd/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 23 Nov 2009 15:14:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Federalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Social Security]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1216</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[November 23, 2009
Payback Time
By EDMUND L. ANDREWS
WASHINGTON — The United States government is financing its more than trillion-dollar-a-year borrowing with i.o.u.’s on terms that seem too good to be true.
But that happy situation, aided by ultralow interest rates, may not last much longer.
Treasury officials now face a trifecta of headaches: a mountain of new debt, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>November 23, 2009<br />
Payback Time<br />
By EDMUND L. ANDREWS</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON — The United States government is financing its more than trillion-dollar-a-year borrowing with i.o.u.’s on terms that seem too good to be true.</p>
<p>But that happy situation, aided by ultralow interest rates, may not last much longer.</p>
<p>Treasury officials now face a trifecta of headaches: a mountain of new debt, a balloon of short-term borrowings that come due in the months ahead, and interest rates that are sure to climb back to normal as soon as <strong>the Federal Reserve</strong> decides that the emergency has passed.</p>
<p>Even as Treasury officials are racing to lock in today’s low rates by exchanging short-term borrowings for long-term bonds, the government faces a payment shock similar to those that sent legions of overstretched homeowners into default on their mortgages.</p>
<p>With the <strong>national debt now topping $12 trillion</strong>, the White House estimates that the government’s tab for servicing the debt will exceed $700 billion a year in 2019, up from $202 billion this year, even if annual budget deficits shrink drastically. Other forecasters say the figure could be much higher.</p>
<p>In concrete terms, an additional $500 billion a year in interest expense would total more than the combined federal budgets this year for education, energy, homeland security and the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.</p>
<p>The potential for rapidly escalating interest payouts is just one of the wrenching challenges facing the United States after decades of living beyond its means.</p>
<p>The surge in borrowing over the last year or two is widely judged to have been a necessary response to the financial crisis and the deep recession, and there is still a raging debate over how aggressively to bring down deficits over the next few years. But there is little doubt that the United States’ long-term budget crisis is becoming too big to postpone.</p>
<p>Americans now have to climb out of two deep holes: as debt-loaded consumers, whose personal wealth sank along with housing and stock prices; and as taxpayers, whose government debt has almost doubled in the last two years alone, just as costs tied to benefits for retiring baby boomers are set to explode.</p>
<p>The competing demands could deepen political battles over the size and role of the government, the trade-offs between taxes and spending, the choices between helping older generations versus younger ones, and the bottom-line questions about who should ultimately shoulder the burden.</p>
<p>“The government is on teaser rates,” said Robert Bixby, executive director of the Concord Coalition, a nonpartisan group that advocates lower deficits. “We’re taking out a huge mortgage right now, but we won’t feel the pain until later.”</p>
<p>So far, the demand for Treasury securities from investors and other governments around the world has remained strong enough to hold down the interest rates that the United States must offer to sell them. Indeed, the government paid less interest on its debt this year than in 2008, even though it added almost $2 trillion in debt.</p>
<p>The government’s average interest rate on new borrowing last year fell below 1 percent. For short-term i.o.u.’s like one-month Treasury bills, its average rate was only sixteen-hundredths of a percent.</p>
<p>“All of the auction results have been solid,” said Matthew Rutherford, the Treasury’s deputy assistant secretary in charge of finance operations. “Investor demand has been very broad, and it’s been increasing in the last couple of years.”</p>
<p>The problem, many analysts say, is that record government deficits have arrived just as the long-feared explosion begins in spending on benefits under Medicare and Social Security. The nation’s oldest baby boomers are approaching 65, setting off what experts have warned for years will be a fiscal nightmare for the government.</p>
<p>“What a good country or a good squirrel should be doing is stashing away nuts for the winter,” said William H. Gross, managing director of the Pimco Group, the giant bond-management firm. “The United States is not only not saving nuts, it’s eating the ones left over from the last winter.”</p>
<p>The current low rates on the country’s debt were caused by temporary factors that are already beginning to fade. One factor was the economic crisis itself, which caused panicked investors around the world to plow their money into the comparative safety of Treasury bills and notes. Even though the United States was the epicenter of the global crisis, investors viewed Treasury securities as the least dangerous place to park their money.</p>
<p>On top of that, the Fed used almost every tool in its arsenal to push interest rates down even further. It cut the overnight federal funds rate, the rate at which banks lend reserves to one another, to almost zero. And to reduce longer-term rates, it bought more than $1.5 trillion worth of Treasury bonds and government-guaranteed securities linked to mortgages.</p>
<p>Those conditions are already beginning to change. Global investors are shifting money into riskier investments like stocks and corporate bonds, and they have been pouring money into fast-growing countries like Brazil and China.</p>
<p>The Fed, meanwhile, is already halting its efforts at tamping down long-term interest rates. Fed officials ended their $300 billion program to buy up Treasury bonds last month, and they have announced plans to stop buying mortgage-backed securities by the end of next March.</p>
<p>Eventually, though probably not until at least mid-2010, the Fed will also start raising its benchmark interest rate back to more historically normal levels.</p>
<p>The United States will not be the only government competing to refinance huge debt. Japan, Germany, Britain and other industrialized countries have even higher government debt loads, measured as a share of their gross domestic product, and they too borrowed heavily to combat the financial crisis and economic downturn. As the global economy recovers and businesses raise capital to finance their growth, all that new government debt is likely to put more upward pressure on interest rates.</p>
<p>Even a small increase in interest rates has a big impact. An increase of one percentage point in the Treasury’s average cost of borrowing would cost American taxpayers an extra $80 billion this year — about equal to the combined budgets of the Department of Energy and the Department of Education.</p>
<p>But that could seem like a relatively modest pinch. Alan Levenson, chief economist at T. Rowe Price, estimated that the Treasury’s tab for debt service this year would have been $221 billion higher if it had faced the same interest rates as it did last year.</p>
<p>The White House estimates that the government will have to borrow about $3.5 trillion more over the next three years. On top of that, the Treasury has to refinance, or roll over, a huge amount of short-term debt that was issued during the financial crisis. Treasury officials estimate that about 36 percent of the government’s marketable debt — about $1.6 trillion — is coming due in the months ahead.</p>
<p>To lock in low interest rates in the years ahead, Treasury officials are trying to replace one-month and three-month bills with 10-year and 30-year Treasury securities. That strategy will save taxpayers money in the long run. But it pushes up costs drastically in the short run, because interest rates are higher for long-term debt.</p>
<p>Adding to the pressure, the Fed is set to begin reversing some of the policies it has been using to prop up the economy. Wall Street firms advising the Treasury recently estimated that the Fed’s purchases of Treasury bonds and mortgage-backed securities pushed down long-term interest rates by about one-half of a percentage point. Removing that support could in itself add $40 billion to the government’s annual tab for debt service.</p>
<p>This month, the Treasury Department’s private-sector advisory committee on debt management warned of the risks ahead.</p>
<p>“Inflation, higher interest rate and rollover risk should be the primary concerns,” declared the Treasury Borrowing Advisory Committee, a group of market experts that provide guidance to the government, on Nov. 4.</p>
<p>“Clever debt management strategy,” the group said, “can’t completely substitute for prudent fiscal policy.”</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/23/ce-week-12-wave-of-debt-payments-facing-u-s-government-nov-23rd/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #12:  &#8220;Senate Votes to Open Health Care Debate&#8221;  Nov. 22nd</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/22/ce-week-12-senate-votes-to-open-health-care-debate-nov-22nd/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/22/ce-week-12-senate-votes-to-open-health-care-debate-nov-22nd/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 22 Nov 2009 17:16:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1214</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[November 22, 2009
By DAVID M. HERSZENHORN and ROBERT PEAR
WASHINGTON — The Senate voted on Saturday to begin full debate on major health care legislation, propelling President Obama’s top domestic initiative over a crucial, preliminary hurdle in a formidable display of muscle-flexing by the Democratic majority.
“Tonight we have the opportunity, the historic opportunity to reform health [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>November 22, 2009<br />
By DAVID M. HERSZENHORN and ROBERT PEAR</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON — The Senate voted on Saturday to begin full debate on major health care legislation, propelling President Obama’s top domestic initiative over a crucial, preliminary hurdle in a formidable display of muscle-flexing by the Democratic majority.</p>
<p>“Tonight we have the opportunity, the historic opportunity to reform health care once and for all,” said Senator Max Baucus, Democrat of Montana, and a chief architect of the legislation. “History is knocking on the door. Let’s open it. Let’s begin the debate.”</p>
<p>The 60-to-39 vote, along party lines, clears the way for weeks of rowdy floor proceedings that will begin after Thanksgiving and last through much of December.</p>
<p>The Senate bill seeks to extend health benefits to roughly 31 million Americans who are now uninsured, at a cost of $848 billion over 10 years.</p>
<p>The House earlier this month approved its health care bill by 220 to 215, with just one Republican voting in favor. That measure is broadly similar to the Senate legislation, but there are some major differences that would have to be resolved before a bill could reach Mr. Obama, and that would almost surely push the process into next year.</p>
<p>As the Democrats succeeded Saturday in uniting their caucus by winning over the last two holdouts, big disagreements remained, making final approval of the bill far from certain.</p>
<p>Two reluctant Democratic senators, Mary L. Landrieu of Louisiana and Blanche Lincoln of Arkansas, warned that their support for a motion to open debate did not guarantee that they would ultimately vote for the bill. Their remarks echoed previous comments by several other senators, including Ben Nelson, Democrat of Nebraska, and Joseph I. Lieberman, independent of Connecticut.</p>
<p>Those comments made clear that more horse-trading lies ahead and that major changes might be required if the bill is to be approved. And it suggested that the <strong>Senate majority leader, Harry Reid of Nevada</strong>, who relied only on members aligned with his party to bring the bill to the floor, may yet have to sway one or more Republicans to his side to get the bill adopted.</p>
<p><strong>The Senate Republican leader, Mitch McConnell of Kentucky</strong>, said his party’s opposition would persist. “The battle has just begun,” he said.</p>
<p>In a rare ceremonial gesture reserved for major votes, senators cast their yeas and nays from their desks in the chamber, each one rising to voice his or her position. Senator George V. Voinovich, Republican of Ohio, was not present and did not vote.</p>
<p>After the vote, Mr. Reid said he understood that Ms. Landrieu was already working with two other Democratic senators, Thomas R. Carper of Delaware and Charles E. Schumer of New York, to see if they could devise a public insurance plan with broad appeal.</p>
<p>The White House issued a statement praising the vote. “The President is gratified that the Senate has acted to begin consideration of health insurance reform legislation,” his press secretary, Robert Gibbs, said, adding that President Obama “looks forward to a thorough and productive debate.”</p>
<p>Mrs. Lincoln, who faces a tough re-election campaign next year and has in recent weeks been the target of millions of dollars in television advertising by both sides in the health care fight, said pointedly that she would not vote for the measure if it retained <strong>a government-run health insurance plan, known as the public option</strong>, to compete with private insurers. “Although I don’t agree with everything in this bill, I believe it is more important that we begin debate on how to improve the health care system for all Americans,” said Mrs. Lincoln, who was the last uncommitted Democrat, and whose speech, at about 2:30 p.m. Saturday, lifted a cloud of suspense that had hovered around the Capitol.</p>
<p>She added: “But let me be perfectly clear. I am opposed to a new government-administered health care plan as a part of comprehensive health insurance reform, and I will not vote in favor of the proposal that has been introduced by leader Reid as it is written.” But Senator Lieberman, who voted to take up the health care bill, said he was still staunchly opposed to a government-run plan. It is “a terrible idea,” he said.</p>
<p>Ms. Landrieu, whose support came after she won a provision that could be worth more than $100 million in additional federal aid for her financially troubled state, said, “I have decided there are enough significant reforms and safeguards in this bill to move forward, but much more work needs to be done.”</p>
<p>A parade of Democrats and Republicans spent Saturday laying out their arguments for and against the bill in floor speeches.</p>
<p>Mr. Reid, in a rousing closing speech given at his customary volume, which is barely audible, likened the health care bill to some of the most profound issues confronted by the Senate across history.</p>
<p>“Imagine if instead of debating either of the historic G.I. Bills — legislation that has given so many brave Americans the chance to brave college — if this body had stood silent,” Mr. Reid said. “Imagine if instead of debating the bills that created Social Security or Medicare, the Senate’s voices had been stilled. Imagine if instead of debating whether to abolish slavery, instead of debating whether giving women and minorities a right to vote, those who disagreed were muted, discussion was killed.”</p>
<p>With the Democrats nominally controlling 60 votes — the precise number needed to overcome the Republican attempt to stop the bill — the vote on Saturday evening was the biggest test yet of the Democrats’ resolve and of Mr. Reid’s ability to unite his fragile caucus. Mr. Reid faces a tough re-election fight next year.</p>
<p>The bill would expand health benefits by broadly expanding Medicaid, the federal-state insurance program for low-income people, and by providing subsidies to help moderate-income people buy either private insurance or coverage under a new government-run plan, the public option. And it would impose a requirement that nearly all Americans obtain insurance or pay monetary penalties for failing to do so.</p>
<p>According to the Congressional Budget Office, the cost of the legislation would be more than offset by new taxes and fees and reductions in government spending, so that the bill would reduce future federal budget deficits by $130 billion through 2019.</p>
<p>Mr. Reid accused Republicans who opposed the legislation of “living in a different world.” He and several other Democrats also used their speeches to assail perceived abuses by private insurers. “The health insurance industry has an insatiable appetite for more profit,” Mr. Reid said.</p>
<p>Senate Republicans countered with an impassioned denunciation of the measure as an ill-conceived budget-busting expansion of government and a threat to the health and economic security of all Americans, especially the elderly.</p>
<p>The Republicans sought to portray the vote on Saturday — on whether to end debate on a motion to bring up the health bill — as tantamount to a vote on the bill itself, and to shake the confidence of Democrats who had wavered in recent days.</p>
<p>In his closing argument, just ahead of the vote, Mr. McConnell implored at least a single Democrat to vote no. “If we don’t stop this bill tonight,” he said, “the only debate we’ll be having is about higher premiums, not savings for the American people, higher taxes instead of lower costs, and cuts to Medicare rather than improving seniors’ care.”</p>
<p>“The American people are looking at the Senate tonight; they’re hoping we say no to this bill,” Mr. McConnell added moments later, holding up a single index finger. “All it would take,” he said, “is just one member of the other side of the aisle, just one, to give us an opportunity not to end the debate but to change the debate in the direction the American people would like us to go.”</p>
<p>Mr. McConnell warned of the political consequences for senators who voted to move ahead. “Senators who support this bill have a lot of explaining to do,” he said. “Americans know that a vote to proceed on this bill, to get on this bill, is a vote for higher premiums, higher taxes and massive cuts to Medicare.”</p>
<p>Republicans also said that the vote was a proxy for a larger dispute over abortion, because they said the bill did not sufficiently restrict the use of federal money for insurance covering abortions. Senator Mike Johanns, Republican of Nebraska, described the vote as “the key vote on abortion in the health care debate.”</p>
<p>Saturday night’s vote was required because Senate rules and precedent have long granted a right of virtually unlimited debate, or filibuster, to the minority that can be curtailed only by a supermajority vote of 60 senators to move ahead. Currently, there are 58 Democrats in the Senate and two independents who routinely align with them. If the Democrats had lost the vote, they could have tried again, presumably after changing the bill to try to attract more votes.</p>
<p>Senator Patrick J. Leahy, Democrat of Vermont assailed the Republicans as obstructionists on Saturday morning. “I will vote today to end the filibuster so the Senate can begin the historic debate to improve and reform our nation’s health insurance system,” he said. “Let’s not duck the debate, let the debate begin. Let’s not hide from the votes.”</p>
<p>While Democrats generally agree on the broad goals of the legislation, to cover the uninsured and to slow the growth in health care spending, there are potentially serious disagreements over any number of provisions that could sink the bill.</p>
<p>Ms. Landrieu, in her speech, methodically cataloged provisions of the bill that she liked and those that she said needed improvement.</p>
<p>Under the bill, she said, owners of small businesses would no longer face “volatile costs” for health insurance. In addition, she said, the bill would “encourage employers to move away from high-cost benefit plans” and shift some compensation to wages.</p>
<p>But more needed to be done to improve the bill, she argued, particularly to help small businesses and the self-employed. And she issued a stern warning about the public option, one of the most contentious features of the sweeping health care legislation.<br />
<strong><br />
Carl Hulse contributed reporting.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/22/ce-week-12-senate-votes-to-open-health-care-debate-nov-22nd/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;China Holds Firm on Major Issues in Obama’s Visit&#8221;  Nov. 18th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-china-holds-firm-on-major-issues-in-obama%e2%80%99s-visit-nov-18th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-china-holds-firm-on-major-issues-in-obama%e2%80%99s-visit-nov-18th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2009 17:43:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Environment]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1204</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[November 18, 2009
By HELENE COOPER
BEIJING — In six hours of meetings, at two dinners and during a stilted 30-minute news conference in which President Hu Jintao did not allow questions, President Obama was confronted, on his first visit, with a fast-rising China more willing to say no to the United States.
On topics like Iran (Mr. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>November 18, 2009<br />
By HELENE COOPER</strong></p>
<p>BEIJING — In six hours of meetings, at two dinners and during a stilted 30-minute news conference in which <strong>President Hu Jintao</strong> did not allow questions, President Obama was confronted, on his first visit, with a fast-rising China more willing to say no to the United States.</p>
<p>On topics like Iran (Mr. Hu did not publicly discuss the possibility of sanctions), China’s currency (he made no nod toward changing its value) and human rights (a joint statement bluntly acknowledged that the two countries “have differences”), China held firm against most American demands.</p>
<p>With China’s micro-management of Mr. Obama’s appearances in the country, the trip did more to showcase China’s ability to push back against outside pressure than it did to advance the main issues on Mr. Obama’s agenda, analysts said.</p>
<p>“China effectively stage-managed President Obama’s public appearances, got him to make statements endorsing Chinese positions of political importance to them and effectively squelched discussions of contentious issues such as human rights and China’s currency policy,” said Eswar S. Prasad, a China specialist at Cornell University. “In a masterstroke, they shifted the public discussion from the global risks posed by Chinese currency policy to the dangers of loose monetary policy and protectionist tendencies in the U.S.”</p>
<p>White House officials maintained they got what they came for — the beginning of a needed give-and-take with a surging economic giant. With a civilization as ancient as China’s, they argued, it would be counterproductive — and reminiscent of President George W. Bush’s style — for Mr. Obama to confront Beijing with loud chest-beating that might alienate the Chinese. Mr. Obama, the officials insisted, had made his points during private meetings and one-on-one sessions.</p>
<p>“I do not expect, and I can speak authoritatively for the president on this, that we thought the waters would part and everything would change over the course of our almost two-and-a-half-day trip to China,” said Robert Gibbs, the White House spokesman. “We understand there’s a lot of work to do and that we’ll continue to work hard at making more progress.”</p>
<p>Several China experts noted that Mr. Obama was not leaving Beijing empty-handed. The two countries put out a five-point joint statement pledging to work together on a variety of issues. The statement calls for regular exchanges between Mr. Obama and Mr. Hu, and asks that each side pay more attention to the strategic concerns of the other. The statement also pledges that they will work as partners on economic issues, Iran and climate change.</p>
<p>But despite a conciliatory tone that began weeks ago when Mr. Obama declined to meet the Tibetan spiritual leader, the Dalai Lama, before visiting China to avoid offending China’s leaders, it remains unclear whether Mr. Obama made progress on the most pressing policy matters on the American agenda in China or elsewhere in Asia.</p>
<p>The president has had to fend off criticism from American conservatives that he appeared to soften the American stance on the positioning of troops on the Japanese island of Okinawa, and for bowing to Japan’s emperor.</p>
<p>At a regional conference in Singapore, Mr. Obama announced a setback on another top foreign policy priority, <strong>climate change</strong>, acknowledging that comprehensive agreement to fight global warming was no longer within reach this year.</p>
<p>Past American presidents have usually insisted in advance on some concrete achievements from their trips overseas. President Bush received vigorous endorsements of his top foreign policy priority, the global war on terrorism, during his visits to Beijing, and President Bill Clinton guided China toward joining the <strong>World Trade Organization</strong> after prolonged negotiations. When either of those presidents visited the country, China often made a modest concession on human rights as well.</p>
<p>This time, Mr. Hu declined to follow the lead of <strong>President Dmitri A. Medvedev of Russia</strong>, who, after months of massaging by the Obama administration, now says that he is open to tougher sanctions against Iran if negotiations fail to curb Iran’s nuclear program. The administration needs China’s support if tougher sanctions are to be approved by the <strong>United Nations Security Council</strong>. But during the joint appearance in Beijing on Tuesday, Mr. Hu made no mention of sanctions.</p>
<p>Rather, he said, it was “very important” to “appropriately resolve the Iranian nuclear regime through dialogue and negotiations.” And then, as if to drive home that point, Mr. Hu added, “During the talks, I underlined to President Obama that given our differences in national conditions, it is only normal that our two sides may disagree on some issues.”</p>
<p>White House officials acknowledged that they did not get what they wanted from Mr. Hu on Iran but said that Mr. Obama’s method would yield more in the long term. “We’re not looking for them to lead or change course, we’re looking for them to not be obstructionist,” one administration official said.</p>
<p>In a meeting in Beijing with a senior Chinese official on Wednesday morning, <strong>Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton</strong> again pressed China on Iran. She told the official, Dai Bingguo, that even if China had not decided what sanctions on Iran it would accept, “you need to send a signal,” said a senior American official, who spoke on condition of anonymity so he could describe the exchange.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama did not appear to move the Chinese on currency issues, either. China has come under heavy pressure, not only from the United States but also from Europe and several Asian countries, to revise its policy of keeping its currency, the renminbi, pegged at an artificially low value against the dollar to help promote its exports. Some economists say China must take that step to prevent the return of large trade and financial imbalances that may have contributed to the recent financial crisis.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama on Tuesday could only cite China’s “past statements” in support of shifting toward market-oriented exchange rates, implying that he had not extracted a fresh commitment from Beijing to move in that direction soon.</p>
<p>There are many reasons the White House may have heeded China’s clear desire for a visit free of the polemics that often accompany meetings between leaders of the two countries. Mr. Obama’s foreign policy is rooted in recasting the United States as a thoughtful listener to friends and rivals alike. “No we haven’t made China a democracy in three days — maybe if we pounded our chest a lot that would work,” Mr. Gibbs said in an e-mail message on Tuesday night. “But it hasn’t in the last 16 years.”</p>
<p>Kenneth Lieberthal, a Brookings Institution scholar who oversaw China issues in President Clinton’s White House, agreed. “The United States actually has enormous influence on popular thinking in China, but it is primarily by example,” he said. “If you go to the next step and say, ‘You guys ought to be like us,’ you lose the impact of who you are.”</p>
<p>The National Security Council’s spokesman, Michael A. Hammer, added, “What we did come to do is speak bluntly about the issues which are important to us, not in an unnecessarily offensive manner, but rather in the Obama style of showing respect.”</p>
<p>Mr. Obama, even as he projected a softer image, did nudge the Chinese on some delicate issues.</p>
<p>On Tuesday, standing next to Mr. Hu, Mr. Obama brought up Tibet, where Beijing-backed authorities have clamped down on religious freedom. “While we recognize that Tibet is part of the People’s Republic of China, the United States supports the early resumption of dialogue between the Chinese government and representatives of the Dalai Lama to resolve any concerns and differences that the two sides may have,” he said.</p>
<p><strong>Reporting was contributed by Sharon LaFraniere, Edward Wong, Michael Wines and Mark Landler.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-china-holds-firm-on-major-issues-in-obama%e2%80%99s-visit-nov-18th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;A centrist in health-care debate, Lincoln hears it from all sides&#8221;  Nov. 17th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-a-centrist-in-health-care-debate-lincoln-hears-it-from-all-sides-nov-17th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-a-centrist-in-health-care-debate-lincoln-hears-it-from-all-sides-nov-17th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2009 17:12:08 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1202</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[
GOP and liberals put pressure on Democrat as Senate vote nears
By Shailagh Murray
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, November 17, 2009
When the Senate begins floor debate on a health-care reform package this week, the outcome is almost certain to rest on decisions made by a handful of moderate Democrats.
None of those Democrats is feeling the heat as [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong><br />
GOP and liberals put pressure on Democrat as Senate vote nears</p>
<p>By Shailagh Murray<br />
Washington Post Staff Writer<br />
Tuesday, November 17, 2009</strong></p>
<p>When the Senate begins floor debate on a health-care reform package this week, the outcome is almost certain to rest on decisions made by a handful of moderate Democrats.</p>
<p>None of those Democrats is feeling the heat as intensely as <strong>Sen. Blanche Lincoln (Ark.)</strong>, who has become emblematic of the improbable distance that health-care reform has traveled, and how far it still must go before becoming law.</p>
<p>Her vote and that of two other Democrats expressing serious reservations about the legislation &#8212; <strong>Sens. Ben Nelson (Neb.) and Mary Landrieu (La.)</strong> &#8212; will determine whether it will garner the 60 needed to break an all-but-certain Republican <strong>filibuster</strong>.</p>
<p>There are 60 members of the <strong>Democratic caucus</strong> but one, <strong>independent Sen. Joseph I. Lieberman (Conn.)</strong>, has threatened to join a GOP filibuster if the final bill contains <strong>a government insurance plan, or &#8220;public option.&#8221;</strong> With only a single Republican, <strong>Sen. Olympia J. Snowe of Maine</strong>, even considering backing the final product on the floor, the trio of Democratic centrists could make or break the reform effort.</p>
<p>And of those three, only Lincoln must face voters next year.</p>
<p>Hundreds of thousands of Lincoln&#8217;s constituents are low-income and lack insurance, the very kind of voters expected to benefit under the Senate bill. Lincoln, a second-term senator, helped write some of the legislation&#8217;s key provisions as a member of <strong>the Finance Committee</strong>, and her sometimes uncomfortable role near the center of the debate could cost her in culturally conservative Arkansas. Despite the potential benefits for many in her state, polls show her support weakening, and constituents are expressing doubts about the proposed overhaul.</p>
<p>The low-profile centrist is being pressed by both sides. Democratic activists are incensed that she has turned against the public option, an idea she once supported. Republicans are casting her cautious approach to the health-care debate in starkly political terms, saying that she is unwilling to put local interests above those of a president who lost the state by a resounding 20 percentage points.</p>
<p>&#8220;I want to be a check and balance on Barack Obama&#8217;s extreme agenda,&#8221; state Sen. Gilbert Baker, a front-runner for the GOP nomination, told reporters last week.</p>
<p>An Arkansas Poll published Nov. 5 found that Lincoln&#8217;s job-approval rating had dropped to 43 percent, from 54 percent a year ago. At least seven Republicans are vying to challenge her bid for a third term; Baker raised $500,000 in his first month as a candidate. And if she does not embrace the party line on the health issue, Lincoln could also face a <strong>Democratic primary challenger, along with a Green Party opponent in the general election</strong>.</p>
<p>&#8220;In some ways, there&#8217;s not a good vote on this,&#8221; said Sen. Mark Pryor (D), Arkansas&#8217;s junior senator, who coasted to reelection last year. &#8220;You&#8217;re going to have detractors on either side, no matter what you do. So I think in the end you have to what you think is right. And I think that&#8217;s what we&#8217;re all going to have to do.&#8221;</p>
<p>The first test for Lincoln could come as early as Friday, when the Senate will vote on whether to bring the bill to the floor. Lincoln told party leaders she would study the final product before committing either way.</p>
<p>&#8220;What people want is for us to take our time and not rush into something that we haven&#8217;t thought completely through,&#8221; she said, shrugging off the pressure as she hurried back to her office after a Senate vote last week.</p>
<p>Although Pryor supports the reform effort, another prominent Arkansan, Rep. Mike Ross (D), voted against the House bill.</p>
<p>&#8220;Most people support the need for health-insurance reform; they just think we can do it for less,&#8221; Ross said. &#8220;They really, as I do, support more choices. They&#8217;re just skeptical of a bill that takes 2,000 pages to accomplish that.&#8221;</p>
<p>Ross was reluctant to offer Lincoln advice, but acknowledged her predicament. &#8220;She represents the whole state. I just represent one-fourth of the state. I&#8217;d just be guessing.&#8221; But he added: &#8220;I think people fear the unintended consequences in a bill this massive.&#8221;</p>
<p>Democratic leaders expect Lincoln to stick with them on key procedural votes, but are less confident about winning her support on critical amendments &#8212; particularly on the contentious public option.</p>
<p>Lincoln&#8217;s record on a government insurance plan has drawn detractors on both sides. In July, she wrote in the Arkansas Democrat-Gazette: &#8220;Individuals should be able to choose from a range of quality health insurance plans. Options should include private plans as well as a quality, affordable public plan or non-profit plan that can accomplish the same goals as those of a public plan.&#8221;</p>
<p>By Sept. 1, she had changed her mind. &#8220;I would not support a solely government-funded public option,&#8221; Lincoln said at an event in Little Rock. &#8220;We can&#8217;t afford that.&#8221;</p>
<p>In recent weeks, she also has raised concerns about both potential compromise approaches &#8212; one that would allow states to &#8220;opt out&#8221; of a public plan that <strong>Senate Majority Leader Harry M. Reid (D-Nev.)</strong> is expected to include in the Senate bill, and a proposal by Snowe, the only Republican still at the negotiating table, to create a public option as a fallback if private insurers do not offer reasonable rates.</p>
<p>In the process, Lincoln has riled liberal groups including <strong>MoveOn.org</strong>, which is targeting her with radio ads, <strong>direct mail</strong> and rallies outside two of her Arkansas offices. Perhaps more ominously, MoveOn &#8212; working with the liberal group Democracy for America &#8212; has amassed $3.5 million in pledges to fund primary challenges against any Democratic senator who sides with Republicans to block an up-or-down vote on a bill with a public option.</p>
<p>&#8220;We think it&#8217;s really important for her to see there are negative political consequences to being on the wrong side of this issue,&#8221; said Ilyse Hogue, MoveOn&#8217;s campaign director. &#8220;There&#8217;s no arguing she&#8217;s in a conservative state, but she&#8217;s going to face a tough election no matter what, and she can&#8217;t do it without the base. These are the activists, the people who knock on doors, and she is really running the risk of alienating them.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>The National Republican Senatorial Committee</strong> is also documenting each of Lincoln&#8217;s comments on health care to build a case against her. The Republican National Committee released a Web video this week that compares her public-option remarks to <strong>Sen. John F. Kerry&#8217;s &#8220;I actually voted for it before I voted against it&#8221; line about Iraq war funding</strong>.</p>
<p>For GOP leaders, the best strategy for defeating the Senate bill is to sow doubts among vulnerable Democrats, convincing them that Reid is leading them off a political cliff.</p>
<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s a great effort under way here to convince their members to ignore public opinion&#8221; on health-care reform, <strong>Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.)</strong> told reporters last week. &#8220;I hope it will not be lost on our Democratic friends where the public is, how the public feels about this measure. They&#8217;re speaking increasingly loudly that they do not think it ought to pass.&#8221;</p>
<p>Recent polls suggest that reform is a difficult sell in Lincoln&#8217;s home state. The Arkansas Poll, conducted in mid-October by the University of Arkansas&#8217;s Survey Research Center, found that 39 percent of voters support a public option and 48 percent oppose the idea. And respondents split about evenly on the question of whether reform would improve or hurt their quality of care.</p>
<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s hard to draw firm conclusions,&#8221; said Arkansas Poll Director Janine Parry. &#8220;People are dissatisfied, but they haven&#8217;t signed on with an alternative.&#8221; Lincoln, said Parry, appears to be &#8220;right with her constituents &#8212; convinced that we need to do something, and not convinced it&#8217;s this.&#8221;</p>
<p>Senior Senate aides said Lincoln helped to shape measures aimed at reducing the cost of such procedures as MRIs and at better coordinating care among doctors, hospitals and nursing homes. And she was the primary sponsor, along with Snowe, of a provision aimed at giving small businesses more health-care choices for employees.</p>
<p>According to the Kaiser Family Foundation, of the nearly 473,000 Arkansas residents who lacked coverage as of 2008, virtually all would be eligible for federal assistance under the Senate bill &#8212; either through <strong>Medicaid</strong> or through tax credits that would subsidize the purchase of private plans.</p>
<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s a lot in the bill that will be good for Arkansas,&#8221; Pryor said. &#8220;But there are a lot of people in our state who are against this bill. Some have very legitimate concerns and ask very good questions. But also some is based on bad information. We have to try to talk to those people.&#8221;</p>
<p>If Lincoln supports the Senate bill, she will have to sell it to constituents before they see many of the legislation&#8217;s benefits. But she says she is well aware of the challenge. &#8220;I have no doubt that I&#8217;ll be held accountable on this,&#8221; she said. &#8220;We&#8217;re going to be held accountable on a lot of things.&#8221; </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-a-centrist-in-health-care-debate-lincoln-hears-it-from-all-sides-nov-17th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;Deep divisions linger on health care&#8221;  Nov. 17th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-deep-divisions-linger-on-health-care-nov-17th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-deep-divisions-linger-on-health-care-nov-17th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2009 17:05:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Media]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1200</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[But poll finds support for key provisions of reform effort
By Dan Balz and Jon Cohen
Washington Post Staff Writers
Tuesday, November 17, 2009
As the Senate prepares to take up legislation aimed at overhauling the nation&#8217;s health-care system, President Obama and the Democrats are still struggling to win the battle for public opinion. A new Washington Post-ABC News [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>But poll finds support for key provisions of reform effort</p>
<p>By Dan Balz and Jon Cohen<br />
Washington Post Staff Writers<br />
Tuesday, November 17, 2009</strong></p>
<p>As the Senate prepares to take up legislation aimed at overhauling the nation&#8217;s health-care system, President Obama and the Democrats are still struggling to win the battle for public opinion. A new Washington Post-ABC News poll shows Americans deeply divided over the proposals under consideration and majorities predicting higher costs ahead.</p>
<p>But Republican opponents have done little better in rallying the <strong>public opposition</strong> to kill the reform effort. Americans continue to support key elements of the legislation, including a mandate that employers provide health insurance to their workers and access to a government-sponsored insurance plan for those people without insurance.</p>
<p>Over the past few months, public opinion has solidified, leaving Obama and the Democrats with the political challenge of enacting one of the most ambitious pieces of domestic legislation in decades in the face of a nation split over the wisdom of doing so. <strong>In the new poll, 48 percent say they support the proposed changes; 49 percent are opposed.<br />
</strong><br />
With the bill through the House, Senate Democrats are now looking for the votes to enact their version of the legislation and keep the reform effort moving forward. Whatever the outcome of the health-care debate, it will have a powerful influence in shaping the political climate for <strong>next year&#8217;s midterm elections</strong>.</p>
<p>The House bill contains a highly controversial provision prohibiting abortion coverage for those insured under a new public insurance plan as well as those who received federal subsidies to purchase private insurance. <strong>In the poll, 61 percent say they support barring coverage for abortions for those receiving public subsidies, but if private funds were used to pay for abortion expenses, the numbers flipped.</strong> With segregated private money used to cover abortion procedures, 56 percent say insurance offered to those using government assistance should be able to include such coverage.</p>
<p>The new poll provides ammunition for both advocates and opponents of reform. For opponents, a clear area of public concern centers on cost &#8212; 52 percent say an altered system would probably make their own care more expensive, and 56 percent see the overall cost of health care in the country going up as a result.</p>
<p>Few see clear benefits in exchange for higher expenses. Rather, there has been a small but significant increase in the number (now 37 percent) who anticipate their care deteriorating under a revamped system, putting that number in line with opinion in July 1994, just before President Bill Clinton&#8217;s health-care reform efforts fizzled.</p>
<p>Among those with insurance, three times as many continue to see worse rather than better coverage options ahead (39 to 13 percent), and fewer than half of those who lack insurance see better options under a changed system. Six in 10 see it as &#8220;very&#8221; or &#8220;somewhat&#8221; likely that many private insurers would be forced out of business by a government-sponsored insurance plan, a potential result that GOP leaders frequently warn about.</p>
<p>But reform proponents have other findings to bolster their case. Two-thirds of those surveyed support one of the basic tenets of the reform plan, a new requirement that all employers with payrolls of $500,000 or more provide health insurance coverage for their employees or face fines.</p>
<p>As in previous polls, a majority supports a government-sponsored heath insurance plan to compete with private insurers, although the percentage supporting the general idea has slipped slightly over the past month to 53 percent. Support for the scheme jumps to 72 percent when the public plan is limited to those who lack access to coverage through an employer or the <strong>Medicare</strong> or <strong>Medicaid</strong> systems.</p>
<p>While Americans overall are divided on reform legislation, the Democrats have made some progress among at least one key group. Support among senior citizens, while still broadly negative, is up 13 points since September to 44 percent.</p>
<p>Seniors have also tilted back toward Obama when matched head to head with congressional Republicans on dealing with health-care reform, helping the president to a 13-point advantage over the GOP on this issue.</p>
<p>Republicans appear to be hampered by a widespread perception that they have not offered clear choices: 61 percent of those polled say the GOP is &#8220;mainly criticizing&#8221; without presenting alternatives to Democratic proposals.</p>
<p>Looking toward <strong>next year&#8217;s midterm elections</strong>, 25 percent say they more apt to back a candidate who supports the proposed health-care changes; 29 percent are less likely to do so. More, 45 percent, say the vote will not make much of a difference. <strong>Independents</strong> are nearly twice as likely to be swayed away from rather than toward a candidate who supports the changes (31 percent to 17 percent).</p>
<p>Beyond health care, <strong>Obama</strong> continues to garner broadly positive ratings from the public. His <strong>overall approval rating stands at 56 percent</strong>, holding steady in Post-ABC polls since the late summer. More, 61 percent, say they have an overall favorable impression of him, and a slim majority continues to see him as &#8220;about right&#8221; ideologically (four in 10 consider him &#8220;too liberal.&#8221;</p>
<p>The president, who is on a 10-day visit to Asia, gets his top mark on handling international affairs, and also picks up majority approval on dealing with the threat of terrorism. But Americans are more divided over his performance on other key issues, with nearly even splits in satisfaction with his work on health care, the economy and the situation in Afghanistan. On each of these three issues, intensity runs against the president, with significantly higher numbers expressing &#8220;strong&#8221; disapproval as strident approval. Obama receives generally negative reviews on his handling of the <strong>federal budget deficit</strong>, with 53 percent disapproving of his actions on that front.</p>
<p>Obama continues to be lifted by weakness in the opposition. In addition to his double-digit lead over congressional Republicans on health care, the president has a 15-point advantage on handling the nation&#8217;s still-struggling economy. More broadly, Democrats continue to have the edge as the party more trusted to deal with the country&#8217;s main problems over the next few years and when it comes to being more empathetic and more in tune with people&#8217;s values.</p>
<p>But there are also evident signs of an <strong>anti-incumbent mood</strong> in the new survey, which would disproportionately hurt the majority Democrats next fall should they hold. Most see the country as headed pretty seriously off on the wrong track and half of all Americans say they are inclined to look around for someone new to support for Congress; just 38 percent are inclined to reelect their member of Congress. These numbers are similar to those from November 1993, one year before Republicans took back control of the House and Senate and close to those from May 2006, six months before Democrats re-captured the Congress.</p>
<p>Among <strong>independents</strong>, nearly two-thirds say they are inclined to seek new representatives. Independents also about evenly divided over which party better represents their personal values and give Democrats a narrow advantage on being more in tune with &#8220;needs of people like you.&#8221; More than a quarter of independents do not trust either party to adequately deal with the country&#8217;s primary concerns in the coming years.</p>
<p><strong>The poll was conducted Nov. 12-15 by conventional and cellular telephone among a random national sample of 1,001 adults. The margin of sampling error is plus or minus three percentage points.<br />
</strong><br />
<strong>Polling analyst Jennifer Agiesta contributed to this report. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-deep-divisions-linger-on-health-care-nov-17th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;Iranian uranium site heightens concerns&#8221;  Nov. 17th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-iranian-uranium-site-heightens-concerns-nov-17th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-iranian-uranium-site-heightens-concerns-nov-17th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2009 16:56:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1198</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Agency says Tehran hindered its probe
by George Jahn
Associated Press
VIENNA, Austria – Iranian construction of a previously secret uranium enrichment site is at an advanced stage, with high-tech equipment already in place at the fortified facility ahead of its 2011 startup, the International Atomic Energy Agency said in a report Monday.
The revelation of the existence of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Agency says Tehran hindered its probe<br />
by George Jahn<br />
Associated Press</strong></p>
<p>VIENNA, Austria – Iranian construction of a previously secret uranium enrichment site is at an advanced stage, with high-tech equipment already in place at the fortified facility ahead of its 2011 startup, the International Atomic Energy Agency said in a report Monday.</p>
<p>The revelation of the existence of the underground plant known as Fordo, near the holy city of Qom, has heightened concerns of other possible undeclared Iranian facilities that are not subject to IAEA oversight and therefore could be used for military purposes.</p>
<p>In Washington, State Department spokesman Ian Kelly said the IAEA report “underscores that Iran still refuses to comply fully with its international nuclear obligations.”</p>
<p>The IAEA report offered no estimate of Fordo’s capabilities, but a senior international official familiar with the U.N. agency’s work in Iran said it appeared designed to produce about a ton of enriched uranium a year.</p>
<p>The official, as well as analysts, said that would be enough for a nuclear warhead but too little for Iran’s civilian reactors that have yet to come online, including the still unfinished plant at the southern port of Bushehr. The official spoke on condition of anonymity because the information he was citing was confidential.</p>
<p>“It won’t (even) be able to produce a reactor’s worth of fuel every 90 years, but it will be able to produce one bomb a year,” said Ivan Oelrich, vice president of the Strategic Security Program of the Federation of American Scientists. “It does look strange.”</p>
<p>The IAEA also said production at Iran’s main enrichment site at Natanz – revealed by dissidents in 2002 and under IAEA monitoring – was stagnating at mid-2009 levels.</p>
<p>The report did not offer a reason. But the official suggested that experts who used to work at Natanz could be preoccupied with finishing the Fordo site.</p>
<p>As early as three years ago, Iran had said immediate plans for Natanz were to install about 8,000 enriching centrifuges, and Monday’s report suggested Tehran had reached that goal.</p>
<p>The IAEA summary said that as of Nov. 2, about 8,600 centrifuges had been set up, but only about 4,000 were enriching – or 600 fewer than in September. Still, the official said output had been steady since June with about 220 pounds of enriched uranium being produced a month.</p>
<p>The report said Natanz had churned out nearly 4,000 pounds of uranium by Nov. 2 – close to what experts consider to be needed for two nuclear weapons. But for use as warhead material it would have to enriched further – it is now low-enriched uranium suitable only for fueling nuclear plants.</p>
<p>Iran insists it only wants to enrich uranium to make fuel to power nuclear reactors for civilian purposes, but fears that it could at some point use the technology to make weapons has resulted in three sets of U.N. Security Council sanctions meant to pressure Tehran into freezing the activity.</p>
<p>The restricted document, which was obtained by the Associated Press, also noted that “for well over a year,” Iran had stonewalled IAEA efforts to investigate allegations it actively worked on a nuclear weapons program.</p>
<p>Unless Tehran has a change of heart, the IAEA “will not be in a position to provide credible assurances about the absence of undeclared nuclear material and activities.”</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/18/ce-week-11-iranian-uranium-site-heightens-concerns-nov-17th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;Court won&#8217;t hear Redskins case&#8221;  Nov. 17th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-court-wont-hear-redskins-case-nov-17th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-court-wont-hear-redskins-case-nov-17th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2009 03:18:21 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Supreme Court]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1196</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Justices decline to review ruling on team nickname
By Robert Barnes
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, November 17, 2009
A nearly two-decade legal challenge by Native American activists to the nickname of the Washington Redskins came to a close Monday when the Supreme Court declined to review the group&#8217;s last loss in federal courts.
The justices declined without comment to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Justices decline to review ruling on team nickname</p>
<p>By Robert Barnes<br />
Washington Post Staff Writer<br />
Tuesday, November 17, 2009</strong></p>
<p>A nearly two-decade legal challenge by Native American activists to the nickname of the Washington Redskins came to a close Monday when the Supreme Court declined to review the group&#8217;s last loss in federal courts.</p>
<p>The justices declined without comment to reconsider a lower court&#8217;s ruling that the activists waited too long to bring their assertion that the nickname is so racially offensive that it does not deserve trademark protection.</p>
<p>&#8220;Obviously, we&#8217;re quite pleased; it&#8217;s been a long road,&#8221; said Robert Raskopf, a lawyer for the team since the suit was first filed in 1992. &#8220;We&#8217;re not surprised the court didn&#8217;t see any issue worthy of review.&#8221;</p>
<p>Philip Mause, who represented the challengers, said the activists were &#8220;disappointed&#8221; by the court&#8217;s decision but not yet resigned to accept defeat. A new group of challengers has filed the same trademark cancellation suit in hopes that their slightly different circumstances can avoid the procedural bar that halted this case.</p>
<p>Raskopf said the team is not worried about the new complaint. &#8220;I think we&#8217;re very confident with our likelihood of success,&#8221; he said.</p>
<p>Through the years, the team has steadfastly defended the use of the Redskins nickname as honoring Native Americans, not disparaging them. When based in Boston, the team was known as the Boston Braves and was renamed in 1933 as the Redskins. The team said in its brief to the court that the new name was &#8220;in honor of the team&#8217;s head coach, William &#8216;Lone Star&#8217; Dietz, who was a Native American.&#8221;</p>
<p>The team became the Washington Redskins in 1937, when it moved south.</p>
<p>Native American groups have persuaded scores of high school and college teams to rename their mascots. The National Congress of American Indians told the justices in a friend of the court brief that the name is &#8220;patently offensive, disparaging, and demeaning and perpetrates a centuries-old stereotype.&#8221;</p>
<p>But despite vociferous protests, Washington has not budged. Under both former owner Jack Kent Cooke and current owner Daniel Snyder, Raskopf said, there has never been &#8220;even a whisper&#8221; about changing the nickname.</p>
<p>For the most part, though, the battle has been fought on the more mundane grounds of legal procedure, and even a victory by the activists would have cost the team only trademark protection and would not have forced it to abandon the name.</p>
<p>The battle began in 1992, when seven activists, led by Suzan S. Harjo, challenged Redskins trademarks issued in 1967. They won a decision seven years later from the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board, which said the name could be interpreted as offensive to Native Americans.</p>
<p>Trademark law prohibits registration of a name that &#8220;may disparage . . . persons, living or dead, . . . or bring them into contempt, or disrepute.&#8221;</p>
<p>Pro-Football Inc., the team&#8217;s corporate owner, appealed to federal court.</p>
<p>In 2003, U.S. District Judge Colleen Kollar-Kotelly sided with the team, ruling that the activists had not produced enough evidence to show the name was so insulting that it could not be protected by a trademark. She also said the trademark-cancellation claim was barred by the doctrine of laches, which serves as a defense against claims that should have been made long ago.</p>
<p>She revisited the issue after the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia returned it to her, saying the youngest of the plaintiffs might have standing to pursue the case. But Kollar-Kotelly ruled that the challenger, Mateo Romero, waited eight years after he reached the age of majority to file the complaint. She said the delay unfairly penalized the Redskins, who invested millions of dollars marketing the team during that eight-year span.</p>
<p>A three-judge panel of the appeals court agreed that eight years was too long to bring the claim.</p>
<p>The Supreme Court was being asked only to review whether the claim was brought too late, not whether the nickname was offensive.</p>
<p>Mause had argued that the justices should take the case to decide whether disparaging trademarks can be challenged at any time. He cited a decision from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 3rd Circuit, which was written by then-judge, now-Justice Samuel A. Alito Jr., that he said supported that view.<br />
<strong><br />
The case the court declined to hear is Harjo v. Pro-Football, Inc. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-court-wont-hear-redskins-case-nov-17th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>13</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;What Coattails?&#8221;  Nov. 16th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-what-coattails-nov-16th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-what-coattails-nov-16th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2009 17:46:27 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1191</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Why right-of-center candidates are succeeding in the age of Obama.
By Yuval Levin &#124; NEWSWEEK
Published Nov 7, 2009
From the magazine issue dated Nov 16, 2009
All year, leading Democrats from the president on down have argued that the Republican Party is in the midst of a catastrophic civil war. You know the story. Successive election defeats have [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Why right-of-center candidates are succeeding in the age of Obama.</p>
<p>By Yuval Levin | NEWSWEEK<br />
Published Nov 7, 2009<br />
From the magazine issue dated Nov 16, 2009</strong></p>
<p>All year, leading Democrats from the president on down have argued that the Republican Party is in the midst of a catastrophic civil war. You know the story. Successive election defeats have narrowed the GOP&#8217;s ideological range, and now an open struggle is afoot for control of its voice and agenda. Rush Limbaugh and Sarah Palin, it seems, are out to destroy Republican moderates and commit the party to a radical course sure to relegate it to irrelevance. Only a move to the left can save the Republicans.</p>
<p>And, in fact, the new president and Congress had a real opportunity to divide the Republican Party. A moderate stimulus bill that offered a short-term boost and included a meaningful tax-cut component, for instance, might have won a very significant number of Republican votes in Congress last winter and launched a damaging internal GOP battle over the proper role of the opposition. Some restraint on taxes and spending in general, and on health care and energy policy in particular, would also have divided congressional Republicans and left the direction of the party in doubt.</p>
<p>But Washington Democrats chose a different route. While they have been peddling the story of Republican self-immolation, they have actually been creating the conditions for a Republican resurgence. <strong>President Obama, Speaker Pelosi, and Majority Leader Reid</strong> have launched the country on a course of massive spending, a dramatic expansion of government, and a slew of new taxes in the midst of a recession. Finding themselves in control of Congress and the White House and so possessed of an unusual opportunity to pursue their ideological agenda, they have sought to make the most of it. But they have misjudged just how far to the left of the country as a whole the Democratic base now resides—and so, rather than strengthen their own brand, they have inadvertently done wonders to build and unify the Republican Party.</p>
<p>In Congress, Republicans now march nearly as one, to a degree not seen in 15 years. Rather than split on the stimulus, <strong>conservative and moderate Republicans</strong> easily agreed that it went much too far to the left. The bill received zero Republican votes in the House and just three in the Senate. On many crucial votes since, and in the ongoing health-care and <strong>cap-and-trade</strong> debates, Republicans have stood together almost unanimously.</p>
<p>Around the country, the party seems to be regaining its balance. Last Tuesday&#8217;s election results were an extraordinary boost for Republicans. They showed that it is not necessary to run away from the party&#8217;s conservative brand to win elections. On the contrary, Republicans running as Republicans seem to succeed in the age of Obama, and to attract independent voters in droves.</p>
<p>In <strong>Virginia</strong>—which went for Obama last year, and elected Democratic -senators in the last two cycles and Democratic governors throughout this decade—-Republican Bob McDonnell ran as a practical conservative with an extensive policy agenda and was elected governor by an enormous 18-point margin. He produced concrete proposals on transportation and education but was also forthright about his conservative views on taxes and his opposition to abortion and gun control. In <strong>deeply blue New Jersey</strong>, which Obama won last year by double digits, Republican Chris Christie let the incumbent Democrat embrace Obama, refused to run away from his own party, and won the governorship decisively. He, too, is pro-life; he opposed gay marriage and even associated himself with several GOP governors who had refused to accept stimulus funds. <strong>Both Republicans won independent voters by roughly a 2-to-1 margin</strong>.</p>
<p>In the special election for <strong>New York&#8217;s 23rd Congressional District</strong>, Democrat Bill Owens defeated Conservative Party candidate Doug Hoffman a few days after the liberal Republican Dede Scozzafava (who had run to the left of the Democrat on key issues) dropped out of the race. The peculiar circumstances of that contest, with prominent conservatives supporting Hoffman over Scozzafava, have been taken by Democrats eager for good news as proof of a Republican breakdown. The day after the election, White House political adviser David Axelrod even went so far as to say that the victory &#8220;should be reassuring to Democrats.&#8221;</p>
<p>But, in fact, the message of that race was largely the same as those of New Jersey and Virginia: in this political climate, Republicans can win by nominating an identifiably Republican right-of-center candidate in tune with local voters. It seems clear that had they done so from the outset in upstate New York they would have won there, even though Obama won the district comfortably last year. For decades, almost no New York Republicans have been elected without the endorsement of the state&#8217;s long-established Conservative Party—that dynamic in this case hardly indicates new divisions on the right—and Republican leaders this year clearly erred by choosing (without a primary) a candidate well to the left of the district. Even so, Owens defeated Hoffman by a mere 4,218 votes, while Scozzafava, who withdrew at the last minute but still appeared on the ballot, received 6,986 votes. And every poll of the district in recent weeks suggested that the same uneasy mood prevailed there as in New Jersey and Virginia.</p>
<p>That mood is the crucial fact of this moment in our politics. It does not signify a mass migration into Republican ranks, only deep anxiety regarding what the Democrats are up to, and a renewed openness to hear what Republicans have to say. It means that <strong>Bush fatigue</strong> is in the past, early signs of <strong>Obama fatigue</strong> are emerging, and Republicans have an opportunity to win independents again if they can speak to their concerns.</p>
<p>Last week&#8217;s elections won&#8217;t fundamentally transform our politics, but they will likely help the GOP continue to build its strength. They will persuade some serious Republicans around the country to run for Congress next year, now that it&#8217;s clear that serious Republicans can win. That is just what happened in the first <strong>midterm elections</strong> of the last Democratic president&#8217;s term: most of the winning candidates in the <strong>1994 Republican takeover of Congress</strong> decided to run only after seeing Christine Todd Whitman and George Allen win the governorships of New Jersey and Virginia in 1993.</p>
<p>The results will also make some moderate Democrats very nervous about the health-care and <strong>cap-and-trade</strong> bills being pursued by their leaders. Both bills are political risks—support for the health-care bill hovers around 40 percent in recent polls and a small majority opposes it, and the higher utility costs that would follow cap-and-trade legislation would surely be deeply unpopular in much of the country. Both would have to be passed on essentially party-line votes, leaving Democrats answerable to voters for their consequences. In both cases, too, last week&#8217;s elections will reinforce Republican unity.</p>
<p><strong>The fact is, we remain a two-party nation</strong>. Republicans are not in the midst of a destructive civil war, any more than the Democrats were when they kicked out <strong>Joe Lieberman</strong> in 2006. When it comes to the major debates of the moment—health care, energy, the budget, even most social issues—the Democratic Party is far more divided than the GOP. <strong>Republican Party identification remains low (about 25 percent, compared with the Democrats&#8217; 35 percent), but in a country where 40 percent of voters identify as conservative and only 20 percent as liberal (according to a Gallup poll released last month), the more conservative party isn&#8217;t going anywhere.</strong></p>
<p>Rather than a civil war, we appear to be witnessing the beginnings of a significant Republican revival. The Grand Old Party is finding its footing again in Congress and the states, and behind the scenes there is a growing intellectual effort to develop the next conservative agenda—focused in particular on easing the burdens faced by middle-class parents and contending with the bleak long-term federal budget outlook. Much work remains on that front, but early indications suggest that this work—substantive policy development, seeking to apply conservative principles to the enormous problems of the moment—not only will help Republicans speak more effectively to middle-class voters, but will also help the party&#8217;s conservatives and moderates hone their common voice. Issue by issue, it turns out they don&#8217;t disagree all that much.</p>
<p>None of this means that President Obama has lost all his appeal, or that the Democrats don&#8217;t have an opportunity to advance their agenda in the coming year. It does mean, however, that liberals in Washington would do well to let go of the Republican breakdown narrative, take a real look at the mood of the country and the state of their own party&#8217;s prospects, and pull back to the center—or suffer the consequences.<br />
<strong><br />
Levin is the editor of National Affairs and a fellow at the Ethics and Public Policy Center in Washington.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-what-coattails-nov-16th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;The Surprising Lessons of Vietnam&#8221;  Nov. 16th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-the-surprising-lessons-of-vietnam-nov-16th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-the-surprising-lessons-of-vietnam-nov-16th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2009 17:46:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Education]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1190</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Unraveling the mysteries of Vietnam may prevent us from repeating its mistakes.
By Evan Thomas and John Barry &#124; NEWSWEEK
Published Nov 7, 2009
From the magazine issue dated Nov 16, 2009
Stanley Karnow is the author of Vietnam: A History, generally regarded as the standard popular account of the Vietnam War. This past summer, Karnow, 84, picked up [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Unraveling the mysteries of Vietnam may prevent us from repeating its mistakes.</p>
<p>By Evan Thomas and John Barry | NEWSWEEK<br />
Published Nov 7, 2009</p>
<p>From the magazine issue dated Nov 16, 2009</strong></p>
<p>Stanley Karnow is the author of Vietnam: A History, generally regarded as the standard popular account of the Vietnam War. This past summer, Karnow, 84, picked up the phone to hear the voice of an old friend, Ambassador Richard Holbrooke. The two men had first met when Holbrooke was a young Foreign Service officer in Vietnam in the mid-1960s and Karnow was a reporter covering the war. Holbrooke, who is now the U.S. special representative for Afghanistan and Pakistan, was calling from Kabul. The two friends chatted for a while, then Holbrooke said, &#8220;Let me pass you to General McChrystal.&#8221; Gen. Stanley McChrystal, the commander of U.S. and allied forces in Afghanistan, came on the line. His question was simple but pregnant: &#8220;Is there anything we learned in Vietnam that we can apply to Afghanistan?&#8221; Karnow&#8217;s reply was just as simple: &#8220;The main thing I learned is that we never should have been there in the first place.&#8221;</p>
<p>Words of wisdom, but not all that useful to General McChrystal. Like it or not, he is already in Afghanistan, along with roughly 68,000 American and 35,000 European troops. McChrystal has been charged by President Obama with presenting a strategy for victory, generally defined as standing up the Afghan Army to beat back the Taliban and deny sanctuary to Al Qaeda. An avid reader of history, McChrystal has read Karnow&#8217;s book, but he has also read many others. One that he has read—and reread—is a 1999 book called A Better War, written by Lewis Sorley, a retired Army lieutenant colonel. Sorley argues that, contrary to the conventional wisdom, the United States could have won in Vietnam—if only the U.S. Congress hadn&#8217;t cut off military aid to South Vietnam.</p>
<p>Not surprisingly, the Sorley book is getting a lot of attention at the upper levels of the Pentagon and at McChrystal&#8217;s headquarters in Kabul. Told that NEWSWEEK was looking into the parallels between the Sorley book and General McChrystal&#8217;s situation in Afghanistan, a senior Marine general exclaimed, &#8220;You&#8217;re on to something there!&#8221; (Like other senior military officials contacted by NEWSWEEK, the general declined to be quoted praising a book that argues, though not in so many words, that the military was stabbed in the back by its civilian leaders.)</p>
<p>As he decides how to respond to McChrystal&#8217;s request for at least another 40,000 troops, President Obama has been reading some books, too. One that has caught the attention of some top advisers is Lessons in Disaster, by Gordon Goldstein, recounting how Presidents Kennedy and Johnson were not well advised on Vietnam. The very title of Goldstein&#8217;s book captures the conventional wisdom (at least at the center and left of the political spectrum) that Vietnam was a hopeless, unwinnable war.</p>
<p>But was it? The lessons of Vietnam are not necessarily the ones we glibly assume—chief among them that Afghanistan, like Vietnam, is a quagmire, and that achieving some sort of victory is out of reach. Vietnam has become code for American hubris and inevitable military defeat. &#8220;What ifs&#8221; are always a risky exercise, but some good historians have suggested that there were two moments when victory—or at least a semblance of victory—was possible in America&#8217;s long war in Southeast Asia. The first came early, in 1965. Had Lyndon Johnson moved aggressively into Vietnam then—taking the war to the enemy and cutting off its supply routes into South Vietnam—the North Vietnamese might have backed off. The second fell five years later, when the military was finally having success with a new counterinsurgency strategy. Would more resources and more fighting later in the war have resulted in South Vietnam remaining independent of the communist North, leaving Vietnam divided in the manner of Korea? Some historians now say yes; many others still say no.</p>
<p>What makes the conversation about Sorley&#8217;s thesis especially interesting now, of course, is, as McChrystal asked Karnow, whether there is anything to be learned from Vietnam that would illuminate the way forward in Afghanistan. To be clear: there is no precise parallel to draw between Vietnam and Afghanistan. Every war is different. But the revisionists&#8217; view of Vietnam does shed some light on the issues facing Obama about war leadership. The most surprising guidance Vietnam may have to offer is not that wars of this kind are unwinnable—which is clearly the common wisdom in America—but that they can produce victories if presidents resist the temptation to fight wars halfway or on the cheap. As President Eisenhower liked to say, if you fight, &#8220;you must fight to win.&#8221;</p>
<p>With their natural tendency to wage the last war, armies learn slowly. In World War II, American armed forces fought badly in Africa in 1942–43 and not so well in Italy in 1943–44 before getting it right in France and Germany in 1944–45. In Vietnam in 1965–67, the Americans pursued a misbegotten strategy of &#8220;search and destroy,&#8221; trying to fight an unconventional war with conventional forces that focused on &#8220;body counts&#8221; while the North Vietnamese more shrewdly infiltrated into towns and villages. Not until Gen. Creighton Abrams replaced Gen. William Westmoreland as U.S. commander in 1968 did the Americans smarten up and begin to fight a true counterinsurgency, focusing on protecting the population by a strategy of &#8220;clear and hold.&#8221; Instead of shoving aside the South Vietnamese Army, Abrams built up the local forces until they could stand and fight largely on their own—as they did in 1972, repulsing North Vietnam&#8217;s Easter Offensive with the aid of American airstrikes.</p>
<p>But by then, as Sorley laments in A Better War, it was too late. American public opinion had turned. In 1973, President Nixon and the North Vietnamese signed a peace treaty that allowed Hanoi to keep 150,000 troops in South Vietnam, just waiting on orders to march. In 1974, breaking Nixon&#8217;s promises of continued support to Saigon, the U.S. Congress cut off all aid to South Vietnam. Without logistical support or air cover, the South Vietnamese Army collapsed in 1975 and the communists swept into Saigon. Sorley quotes one of General Abrams&#8217;s closest colleagues, Gen. Bruce Palmer, as saying that Abrams &#8220;died [of cancer in 1974] feeling that we could have won the war. He felt we were on top of it in 1971, then lost our way.&#8221; Ellsworth Bunker, the U.S. ambassador to Saigon who worked with Abrams to turn the war around, felt the same: &#8220;We eventually defeated ourselves,&#8221; Bunker said. </p>
<p>In Iraq and Afghanistan, American forces have also been slow learners. Ever since the Civil War, the American way of war was to overwhelm the enemy with superior firepower. Against the better-led but materially weaker Confederate Army, a war of attrition finally brought results for Gen. Ulysses S. Grant—who had been made commander by President Lincoln only after much trial and error by the Union Army. In Iraq, the learning curve again stretched out for years. After Vietnam, the Army adopted an approach known as <strong>the Powell doctrine</strong> that called for overwhelming force and a quick exit strategy. Forgotten was how to fight a counterinsurgency. At the outset of the Iraq War, U.S. forces overwhelmed the pitiful Iraqi Army—but then got bogged down in a guerrilla struggle. At last realizing the futility of superior &#8220;kinetics&#8221;—roughly speaking, putting a lot of metal in the air—American forces belatedly adopted a counterinsurgency strategy. Using a new field manual—FM 3-24, written under the supervision of Gen. David Petraeus—U.S. forces began to focus on protecting civilians while ruthlessly targeting jihadist leaders. The so-called surge, along with a vigorous effort to negotiate with Sunni enemies and bring them over to our side, worked. It bought the shaky Iraqi government breathing room to establish itself in relative peace. Still marred by violence, Iraq is nowhere near the all-out civil war that had long been predicted.</p>
<p>Now, in Afghanistan, McChrystal is implementing a strategy that draws on the lessons of Iraq—and looks an awful lot like the &#8220;pacification&#8221; program adopted by General Abrams in Vietnam in 1968. By ratcheting back the heavy use (and overuse) of firepower, McChrystal has reduced civilian casualties, which alienate the locals and breed more jihadists. At the same time, U.S. Special Operations Forces use the intelligence gleaned from friendly civilians to find and kill Taliban leaders. That is precisely what <strong>the Phoenix Program</strong> was designed to do 40 years ago in Vietnam: target and assassinate Viet Cong leaders. McChrystal is focusing on recruiting and training Afghan Army and police so they can take over the job of securing Afghanistan as soon as possible. &#8220;Afghanization&#8221; of the war is much the same as &#8220;Vietnamization,&#8221; the strategy adopted—successfully, Sorley argues—before Congress voted an end to aid to the South.</p>
<p>If it was working in Vietnam, will it work in Afghanistan? Contacted by NEWSWEEK, even Sorley wouldn&#8217;t predict. He would say only that if Obama and his advisers are to study the lessons of Vietnam, they should at least be informed by the right ones. With smarter generals and a &#8220;population-centric strategy&#8221;—to use the counterinsurgency term now in vogue—the United States could have enabled South Vietnam to beat back the North.</p>
<p>Or so Sorley contends. Vietnam remains a toxic subject for historians, and Sorley&#8217;s book has inspired no shortage of critics. George Herring, a highly respected historian whose study of Vietnam, America’s Longest War, is a standard text, told NEWSWEEK that he is &#8220;rather appalled that Sorley&#8217;s book is being taken so seriously.&#8221; He acknowledges that the United States and its South Vietnamese allies were doing better by 1971, but notes that Hanoi wanted to prevail more than Saigon or Washington did—and was prepared to pay whatever price, in human terms, was necessary. &#8220;The war could not have been won at a price we were willing to pay,&#8221; he says. A more immediate observer, NEWSWEEK correspondent Ron Moreau, recalls patrolling with South Vietnamese infantry in 1973. The South Vietnamese troops, Moreau says, had become utterly dependent on U.S. air power. Without it, they were reluctant to venture forth against the enemy. Moreau, who now covers the war in Afghanistan for NEWSWEEK, sees the same rickety, corrupt power structure in Kabul that he recalls from Saigon and doubts that America can prop it up indefinitely.</p>
<p>America&#8217;s best chance to win in Vietnam may have come earlier in the war. In 1964–65, the top military leadership understood that to defeat the North, it was necessary to go all-out. As historian Mark Moyar points out in his groundbreaking work, Triumph Forsaken: The Vietnam War 1954–1965, that would have meant a massive bombing campaign, mining Hanoi&#8217;s port, and sending troops into Laos and Cambodia to cut off the North&#8217;s all-important sanctuaries and resupply route, the Ho Chi Minh Trail. But LBJ&#8217;s advisers were reluctant—fearful, in part, of dragging China and the Soviet Union into a larger war. The military pressed—but not very hard. As Brig. Gen. H. R. McMaster shows in Dereliction of Duty: Lyndon Johnson, Robert McNamara, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Lies that Led to Vietnam, the top brass made the classic mistake of telling their political masters what they wanted to hear.</p>
<p>Johnson was horribly conflicted. One of his advisers, Douglass Cater, recalled the president&#8217;s angst: &#8220;I&#8217;d never seen the man in as dejected a mood—he said, &#8216;I don&#8217;t know what to do. If I send more boys in, there&#8217;s going to be killin&#8217;. If I take them out, there&#8217;s going to be more killin&#8217; &#8216; … And he never put a &#8216;g&#8217; on the &#8216;killin&#8217;,&#8217; it was Texas &#8216;killin&#8217;.&#8217; Then he got up and walked out of the room, leaving us in a somewhat shattered state.&#8221; Despite these melodramas, Johnson&#8217;s heart was never in the Vietnam War. He was much more concerned with getting his Great Society legislation through Congress. To avoid a fractious public debate over Vietnam, he tried to slide by without leveling with the American people about the commitment required to win. Inevitably, he just got sucked in deeper, an agony he captured in his colorful way: &#8220;I knew from the start if I left the woman I really loved—the Great Society—in order to fight this bitch of a war on the other side of the world, then I would lose everything at home,&#8221; he told historian Doris Kearns Goodwin. &#8220;All my programs. All my hopes … all my dreams.&#8221;</p>
<p>History may not repeat itself, but, as Mark Twain said, it does have a tendency to rhyme. Interviewed by NEWSWEEK in September as his secret 66-page analysis of the mess in Afghanistan was leaking out, General McChrystal said it was his &#8220;duty,&#8221; his &#8220;sacred duty,&#8221; to tell the president exactly what the military required to win there. McChrystal was clearly mindful of the cautionary tale told by McMaster in Dereliction of Duty. But duty is not a simple notion, and it&#8217;s possible that the range of options presented to the president by McChrystal—to dispatch 40,000 more troops? Or 20,000? Or 80,000?—has been massaged for political effect. The formula used by General Petraeus&#8217;s own counterinsurgency manual—one soldier for every 50 square miles—suggests America would need far more troops, something like a half million all told, to pacify the whole country. An aide to McChrystal, who would not speak for attribution on this sensitive subject, told NEWSWEEK that there&#8217;s &#8220;a bit of a Goldilocks scenario—too hot, too cold, just right&#8221;—in the general&#8217;s recommendation. McChrystal is sensitive to the need to make do with whatever he gets, though if he gets &#8220;the lower number&#8221; (roughly 10,000 to 20,000 troops), says this aide, he will have to &#8220;rethink strategy.&#8221; (Article continued below)</p>
<p>Advertisement<br />
Your video will begin in   seconds<br />
Adjust volume for sound</p>
<p>The Vietnam Wall: What We Left Behind</p>
<p>Just as Afghanistan is not Vietnam, President Obama is not President Johnson. LBJ&#8217;s heart truly did belong to his dream of a Great Society. It&#8217;s not clear what Obama&#8217;s heart belongs to—he is a much more dispassionate figure. Nonetheless, he is undoubtedly thinking about how history will judge him. He may want to show that he is decisive, that he did not just kick the problem down the road. If he decides that Afghanistan is winnable—i.e., that the Afghans can find some lasting measure of security against the Taliban—he will need to give the war his wholehearted backing. It may be true, as Sorley&#8217;s detractors suggest, that by 1972 Vietnam was already lost. But that does not mean it&#8217;s too late to win in Afghanistan. The Taliban are not the North-Vietnamese. When the Americans and Saigon finally found an effective counter-insurgency strategy and took control of the countryside from the Viet Cong, Hanoi responded by sending in whole divisions of battle-tested troops. The Taliban are much weaker and far less organized. They do not have waves of combat troops and armor.</p>
<p>Or Obama may decide that Afghanistan is too hard, that the country&#8217;s leadership is too corrupt; that too many Afghans will forever regard American soldiers as alien occupiers; that a big influx of troops will only fuel the insurgency and make the Afghan military more dependent; that America will not indefinitely tolerate a war that costs more than $40 billion a year and bleeds off hundreds or thousands of young American soldiers. But if that is the case, Obama needs to start preparing for an orderly withdrawal—and explaining to America and the world why it&#8217;s necessary.</p>
<p>Obama&#8217;s pronounced tendency is to try to find a middle ground, a compromise. He may try to find a way to send, say, 20,000 troops and ask McChrystal to make do. If so, he runs the real risk of repeating Johnson&#8217;s mistake of incrementalism—of doing just enough (or so he hoped) to get the enemy to the bargaining table and to keep the hawks at home off his back. Hoping to muddle through only got LBJ stuck deeper in the mud. Afghanistan may not be Vietnam, but Obama risks repeating Johnson&#8217;s mistake.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/16/ce-week-11-the-surprising-lessons-of-vietnam-nov-16th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;Playing what’s dealt in Afghanistan&#8221;  Nov. 15th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/15/ce-week-11-playing-what%e2%80%99s-dealt-in-afghanistan-nov-15th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/15/ce-week-11-playing-what%e2%80%99s-dealt-in-afghanistan-nov-15th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Nov 2009 17:39:46 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1194</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by David S. Broder
The Spokesman-Review
The more President Barack Obama examines our options in Afghanistan, the less he likes the choices he sees. But, as the old saying goes, to govern is to choose – and he has stretched the internal debate to the breaking point.
It is evident from the length of this deliberative process and [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>by David S. Broder<br />
The Spokesman-Review</strong></p>
<p>The more President Barack Obama examines our options in Afghanistan, the less he likes the choices he sees. But, as the old saying goes, to govern is to choose – and he has stretched the internal debate to the breaking point.</p>
<p>It is evident from the length of this deliberative process and from the flood of leaks that have emerged from Kabul and Washington that the perfect course of action does not exist. Given that reality, the urgent necessity is to make a decision – whether or not it is right.</p>
<p>The cost of indecision is growing every day. The United States and its people, the allies who have contributed their own troops to the struggle against al-Qaida and the Taliban, and the Afghans and their government are waiting impatiently, while the challenge is getting worse.</p>
<p>When Obama became <strong>commander in chief</strong>, his course of action seemed clear. He was bent on early withdrawal from Iraq and an increase in resources and emphasis on winning in Afghanistan – the struggle he repeatedly called “a war of necessity.”</p>
<p>He sent 21,000 more troops to hold it together through the Afghan election, and named two new generals: Stanley McChrystal to run the war and Karl Eikenberry to manage the politics and reconstruction from the ambassador’s office in Kabul.</p>
<p>McChrystal came up with a new plan of battle, emphasizing protection of population centers and requiring up to 40,000 more troops. Eikenberry, we now know, balked, giving voice to the widespread fear that Hamid Karzai, the carry-over winner of the election the ambassador helped arrange, was too weak and corrupt to govern the country effectively, even with an enlarged American force keeping order.</p>
<p>Their disagreement was echoed and amplified throughout the Obama administration. The secretaries of defense and state came down on McChrystal’s side; the vice president and many on the White House political staff with Eikenberry.</p>
<p>The president, notwithstanding his earlier rhetoric and actions, has hesitated to resolve the issue. Obama needs to remember what <strong>Clark Clifford</strong> said about the president he served, <strong>Harry Truman</strong>. Clifford, one of Truman’s closest advisers, said the president “believed that even a wrong decision was better than no decision at all.”</p>
<p>While Obama deliberates, his party in Congress shows increasing reluctance to make an all-out commitment to the war effort. The chairmen of two key Senate committees, Foreign Relations and Armed Services, are arguing for retraining Afghan troops – if they can even be found – and turning over more of the burden of fighting to them.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, events in Afghanistan support McChrystal’s prediction that delay in expanding the American troop commitment will almost certainly lead to gains for the Taliban and greater risk for U.S. and allied troops.</p>
<p>In all this dithering, it’s easy to forget a few fundamentals. Why are we in Afghanistan? Not because of its own claim on us but because the Taliban rulers welcomed the al-Qaida plotters who hatched the destruction of 9/11. The Taliban also oppressed their own people, especially women, but we sent troops because Afghanistan was the hide-out for the terrorists that attacked our country.</p>
<p>We knew governing Afghanistan would never be easy. It had resisted outside forces through the ages, and its geography, its tribal structure, its absence of a democratic tradition and its poverty all argued that once we went in, it would be hard to get out.</p>
<p>But George W. Bush said – and Obama seemed to agree – that withdrawal was not and is not an option.</p>
<p>That imperative is reinforced by the presence of Pakistan, a shaky nuclear-armed power across a porous mountain border. If the Taliban comes back in Afghanistan, the al-Qaida cells already in Pakistan will operate even more freely – and nuclear weapons could fall into the most dangerous hands.</p>
<p>Given all of this, I don’t see how Obama can refuse to back up the commander he picked and the strategy he is recommending. It may not work if the country truly is ungovernable. But I think we have to gamble that security will bring political progress – as it has done in Iraq.</p>
<p>Obama did not believe that could happen there. But given what he inherited, and given what he has done himself so far, I think he has no choice but to play out that hand. If we can’t afford to lose, then play to win.<br />
<strong><br />
David S. Broder is a columnist for the Washington Post. His e-mail address is davidbroder@washpost.com. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/15/ce-week-11-playing-what%e2%80%99s-dealt-in-afghanistan-nov-15th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #11:  &#8220;Everyone Out of the Water!&#8221; (Climate Change/Global Warming)  Nov. 16th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/14/ce-week-11-everyone-out-of-the-water-climate-changeglobal-warming-nov-16th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/14/ce-week-11-everyone-out-of-the-water-climate-changeglobal-warming-nov-16th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 14 Nov 2009 19:05:01 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Science]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Environment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Media]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1188</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Damn the pesky models! Full speed ahead.
By George F. Will &#124; NEWSWEEK
Published Nov 7, 2009
From the magazine issue dated Nov 16, 2009
In last week&#8217;s NEWSWEEK, the cover story was a hymn to &#8220;The Thinking Man&#8217;s Thinking Man.&#8221; Beneath the story&#8217;s headline (&#8221;The Evolution of an Eco-Prophet&#8221;) was this subhead: &#8220;Al Gore&#8217;s views on climate change [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Damn the pesky models! Full speed ahead.</p>
<p>By George F. Will | NEWSWEEK<br />
Published Nov 7, 2009<br />
From the magazine issue dated Nov 16, 2009</strong></p>
<p>In last week&#8217;s NEWSWEEK, the cover story was a hymn to &#8220;The Thinking Man&#8217;s Thinking Man.&#8221; Beneath the story&#8217;s headline (&#8221;The Evolution of an Eco-Prophet&#8221;) was this subhead: &#8220;Al Gore&#8217;s views on climate change are advancing as rapidly as the phenomenon itself.&#8221; Which was rather rude because, if true, his views have not advanced for 11 years.</p>
<p>There is much debate about the reasons for, and the importance of, the fact that <strong>global warming</strong> has not increased for that long. What we know is that computer models did not predict this. Which matters, a lot, because we are incessantly exhorted to wager trillions of dollars and diminished freedom on the proposition that computer models are correctly projecting catastrophic global warming. On Nov. 2, The Wall Street Journal&#8217;s Jeffrey Ball reported some inconvenient data. Soon after the <strong>U.N.&#8217;s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change</strong>—it shared the 2007 Nobel Peace Prize with the Thinking Man&#8217;s Thinking Man—reported that global warming is &#8220;unequivocal,&#8221; there came evidence that the planet&#8217;s temperature is beginning to cool. &#8220;That,&#8221; Ball writes, &#8220;has led to one point of agreement: The models are imperfect.&#8221;</p>
<p>Models are no better or worse than their assumptions, and Ball notes how dicey these assumptions can be: &#8220;The effects of clouds, for example, are unclear. Depending on their shape and altitude, clouds can either trap heat, warming the earth, or reflect it, cooling the planet.&#8221; It gets worse: &#8220;The way that greenhouse gases affect cloud formation—and how clouds in turn affect temperature—remains a subject of debate. Different models treat these factors differently.&#8221;</p>
<p>Some scientists say the cooling is a product of what Ball calls &#8220;the enigmatic ocean currents.&#8221; Others say that even if the cooling continues for several decades, as some scientists think it might, warming will resume.</p>
<p>And if it does not? A story in the April 28, 1975, edition of NEWSWEEK was &#8220;The Cooling World.&#8221; NEWSWEEK can recycle that article, and recycling is a planet-saving virtue.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, however, the crusade against warming will brook no interference from information. With the <strong>Waxman-Markey bill</strong>, the House of Representatives has endorsed reducing greenhouse-gas emissions to 83 per-cent below 2005 levels by 2050. This is surely the most preposterous legislation ever hatched in the House. Using Energy Department historical statistics, Kenneth P. Green and Steven F. Hayward of the American Enterprise Institute have calculated this:</p>
<p>Waxman-Markey&#8217;s goal is just slightly more than 1 billion tons of greenhouse-gas emissions in 2050. The last time this nation had that small an amount was 1910, when there were only 92 million Americans, 328 million fewer than the 420 million projected for 2050. To meet the 83 percent reduction target in a nation of 420 million, per capita carbon-dioxide emissions would have to be no more than 2.4 tons per person, which is one quarter the per capita emissions of 1910, a level probably last seen when the population was 45 million—in 1875.</p>
<p>Such nonsense is rare, but nonsensical fears are not. In their new book, SuperFreakonomics, Steven D. -Levitt and Stephen J. Dubner revisit the great shark panic of the summer of 2001. Eight-year-old Jessie Arbogast was playing in the surf near Pensacola, Fla., when a bull shark bit off his right arm and gouged a piece of his thigh. The country, with an assist from the media, became fixated on the shark menace. Time&#8217;s cover proclaimed &#8220;The Summer of the Shark&#8221;; Time&#8217;s story began:</p>
<p>&#8220;Sharks come silently, without warning. There are three ways they strike: the hit-and-run, the bump-and-bite and the sneak attack. The hit-and-run is the most common. The shark may see the sole of a swimmer&#8217;s foot, think it&#8217;s a fish and take a bite before realizing this isn&#8217;t its usual prey.&#8221;</p>
<p>Jeepers. Everyone out of the water!</p>
<p>Or not. Time, to its credit, let the air out of its story by noting that the numbers of shark attacks &#8220;remain minuscule.&#8221; They were small during all of 2001, all over the globe. That year there were 64 shark attacks, only four of them fatal. Between 1995 and 2005, shark attacks worldwide varied between a high of 79 in a year and a low of 46, averaging 60.3. Fatalities averaged 5.9, about 50 percent higher than in 2001. The unfortunate Jessie Arbogast became an occasion for the fun of experiencing a frisson of synthetic fear. The real thing arrived in late summer 2001, on September 11.</p>
<p><strong>George Will is also the author of One Man&#8217;s America: The Pleasures and Provocations of Our Singular Nation  and With a Happy Eye But . . .: America and the World, 1997—2002 . </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/14/ce-week-11-everyone-out-of-the-water-climate-changeglobal-warming-nov-16th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>22</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #10:  &#8220;Abortion deal could sink bill&#8221;  Nov. 10th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/11/ce-week-10-abortion-deal-could-sink-bill-nov-10th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/11/ce-week-10-abortion-deal-could-sink-bill-nov-10th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2009 15:58:12 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Religion]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1178</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[House liberals threaten to vote against final version of health overhaul
by James Oliphant And Kim Geiger
Tribune Washington Bureau
WASHINGTON – Furious liberals on Monday threatened to derail the massive health care overhaul bill to protest a last-minute deal over insurance coverage of abortions that had secured passage of the legislation in the House.
At least 40 House [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>House liberals threaten to vote against final version of health overhaul<br />
by James Oliphant And Kim Geiger<br />
Tribune Washington Bureau</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON – Furious liberals on Monday threatened to derail the massive health care overhaul bill to protest a last-minute deal over insurance coverage of abortions that had secured passage of the legislation in the House.</p>
<p>At least 40 House members pledged not to vote for a final health care bill if the abortion provision survives – endangering the exceptionally fragile Democratic coalition that has kept the bill afloat.</p>
<p>At issue are the insurance policies offered in a new “exchange,” or insurance marketplace, that the legislation would create to help consumers purchase health plans, many using newly created federal subsidies.</p>
<p>The House measure says the federal subsidies cannot be used to buy health policies that cover elective abortion. But abortion rights supporters say this would affect a broad set of consumers, because insurers would likely abandon abortion coverage in all policies offered in the exchange.</p>
<p>The provision “represents an unprecedented and unacceptable restriction on women’s ability to access the full range of reproductive health services to which they are lawfully entitled,” the House members wrote to <strong>House Speaker Nancy Pelosi</strong>.</p>
<p>It was a tougher line than they had adopted less than 48 hours earlier, when they had, almost to a member, voted to pass the health legislation. The bill cleared the chamber late Saturday night by a mere five votes.</p>
<p>The tumult over abortion now travels to the Senate, where it promises to cause headaches for Democrats still wrestling with fundamental issues of cost, coverage and revenues in its version of the health legislation.</p>
<p>Legislation before the Senate contains looser restrictions on abortion coverage than was approved by the House. But, already, at least one Senate Democrat, Ben Nelson of Nebraska, appears willing to work with abortion rights opponents on language similar to that from the House.</p>
<p>President Barack Obama suggested Monday the House measure might be altered as the legislation moves through Congress, though he did not say he would push for changes himself.</p>
<p><strong>Obama told ABC News the bill should uphold the principle that federal money may not be used to subsidize abortions</strong>.</p>
<p>“And I want to make sure that the provision that emerges meets that test – that we are not in some way sneaking in funding for abortions, but, on the other hand, that we’re not restricting women’s insurance choices,” he said. “Because one of the pledges I made in that same speech was to say that if you’re happy and satisfied with the insurance that you have, that it’s not going to change.”</p>
<p>The House amendment would allow people buying insurance in the exchange to purchase separate “riders” that would cover abortions. Abortion-rights advocates say few would do so, because few women anticipate an unplanned pregnancy and few insurers are likely to offer such a separate service.</p>
<p>“No one counts on getting an abortion,” said Rachel Laser, a lawyer with Third Way, a Washington think tank that advocates centrist policies.</p>
<p>In 2001, 13 percent of abortions were billed directly to insurance companies, according to the Guttmacher Institute, which studies reproductive health. That figure, however, may understate insurance payments for abortion, because it does not include cases where women paid for the procedure out of pocket and later asked for reimbursement from their insurers.</p>
<p>Dr. Willie Parker, a board member at Physicians for Reproductive Choice and Health, said the amendment could have the greatest impact on women whose underlying health conditions require hospitalization in order for a safe abortion to be performed.</p>
<p>Parker cited an example of a woman with a pregnancy that involves abnormal attachment of the placenta. While a standard abortion may cost just $350, the cost in that situation would range between $3,000 and $4,000.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/11/ce-week-10-abortion-deal-could-sink-bill-nov-10th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>19</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #10:  &#8220;House OKs health bill&#8221;  Nov. 8th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/08/ce-week-10-house-oks-health-bill-nov-8th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/08/ce-week-10-house-oks-health-bill-nov-8th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 09 Nov 2009 04:45:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1164</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Change dropping abortion coverage may have helped sway vote
by David Lightman
McClatchy
WASHINGTON – The House of Representatives on Saturday passed, by a 220-215 vote, historic health care overhaul legislation that would require nearly all Americans to obtain health insurance and create a government-run health insurance plan to help them do so.
If passed by the Senate, the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Change dropping abortion coverage may have helped sway vote<br />
by David Lightman<br />
McClatchy</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON – The House of Representatives on Saturday passed, by a 220-215 vote, historic health care overhaul legislation that would require nearly all Americans to obtain health insurance and create a government-run health insurance plan to help them do so.</p>
<p>If passed by the Senate, the bill would bring about the most sweeping changes in the American health care system since Medicare was created 44 years ago.</p>
<p>Supporters of the measure burst into cheers and applause on the House floor as it became clear the measure had won, but the vote was excruciatingly close, passing by just two votes more than the bare minimum needed. One Republican, Joseph Cao of Louisiana, voted for the bill; 39 Democrats, including Idaho’s Walt Minnick, voted against.</p>
<p>President Barack Obama made a personal plea for passage before the all-day debate began.</p>
<p>“Now is the time to finish the job,” Obama said in brief remarks in the White House Rose Garden after meeting with House Democrats.</p>
<p>The job is far from finished. The Senate hopes to act by the end of the year, and if successful, the two Houses would then craft a compromise that would need approval of each chamber.</p>
<p>The House vote came with a warning: Getting enough votes later this year or early in 2010 will not be easy. Thirty-nine Democrats, most from conservative districts or freshmen who narrowly won their 2008 elections, voted against the House bill, joining 176 Republicans. In the Senate, eight to 12 moderates have expressed reservations about that chamber’s proposal.</p>
<p>In addition to creating <strong>the public option</strong> government-run insurance program, the House-passed bill would bar insurers from denying people coverage because of pre-existing conditions and set up health care “exchanges,” or marketplaces, where consumers could easily shop for coverage.</p>
<p>The changes are expected to mean that by 2019, 96 percent of eligible Americans would have health insurance, up from the current 83 percent.</p>
<p>During his half-hour appearance on Capitol Hill, Obama took no questions from lawmakers, but his presence was a vivid reminder that the president has put health care overhaul at the top of his domestic agenda – a change that has eluded presidents for nearly a century.</p>
<p>“He came here to say, ‘This is what we said we would do in the campaign. Let’s do it,’ ” said <strong>House Majority Leader Steny Hoyer, D-Md</strong>.</p>
<p>On the House floor, Democratic leaders appealed to members’ sense of history, reminding them this was one of the most significant votes, short of war, that they were likely to take.</p>
<p>“There are few moments when we have the opportunity to do so much good with one vote. This is one of those moments,” said Hoyer.</p>
<p>Republicans countered with arguments that the health care plan did little to improve coverage or affordability.</p>
<p>“Astoundingly, Democrats are bringing to the floor a bill today that will not reduce the costs of health insurance; it will grow the size of government,” said GOP Conference Chairman Mike Pence, R-Ind.</p>
<p>The bill may have gotten a boost from a deal to bar coverage by government-subsidized insurance policies of elective abortions.</p>
<p>As originally written, the measure would have required insurers to separate public and private money, so that only private funds could be used for elective abortions. Abortion opponents were concerned that such a policy would effectively expand the government’s role in improving access to abortion, and as many as 40 Democrats threatened to withhold support from the health care bill unless changes were made.</p>
<p>After tense negotiations Friday night – with White House officials and representatives of the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops as well as key Democratic members of Congress – House Democratic leaders agreed to allow a vote Saturday on sweeping changes to the abortion provision.</p>
<p>The measure was approved, 240-194, as 64 Democrats joined 176 Republicans to back the change.</p>
<p>The change would permit abortion coverage for people receiving federal aid for their insurance only in the case of rape or incest or when the mother’s life is endangered, consistent with a 1970s-era federal law governing public funding of abortion. Under the new provision, only people buying private insurance with their own funds would have an elective abortion covered.</p>
<p>Many abortion rights advocates were angry, and the brief debate often pitted Democrat against Democrat. “This amendment is government interference in the decision between a woman and her physician,” said Rep. Lois Capps, D-Calif. “Unnecessary and reprehensible,” added Rep. Nita Lowey, D-N.Y.</p>
<p>“Today we’re on the brink of passing health care reform that honors and respects life in every state,” countered Rep. Brad Ellsworth, D-Ind.</p>
<p>Republicans tried throughout the day to create more doubt and delay, shouting objections to routine parliamentary requests by objecting when Democratic women tried to discuss their concerns on the House floor.</p>
<p>GOP members then pushed their own plan, which would make it easier for small businesses to band together to purchase competitively priced coverage, allow consumers to buy policies across state lines, and effect strong medical malpractice reforms.</p>
<p>It was easily defeated on a largely party line vote, 258-176.</p>
<p>In the Senate, where moderates’ concerns have stalled progress, Democratic leaders are hoping for a debate and vote before the end of the year.</p>
<p>“My vote is not an endorsement of all the provisions of the bill, because I find much of the bill to be deeply flawed,” said Rep. Jim Cooper, D-Tenn., a Blue Dog who backed the measure. “My reason for voting ‘yes’ is to advance the cause … by forcing the Senate to act.”</p>
<p><strong>10 ways the House bill would change health care<br />
</strong></p>
<p>1 Creates a government-run “<strong>public option</strong>” to offer coverage.</p>
<p>2 Sets up insurance “exchanges” where consumers can easily compare plans.</p>
<p>3 Requires nearly everyone to obtain health insurance by 2013.</p>
<p>4 Requires health plans to allow children to remain on parents’ policies until their 27th birthday.</p>
<p>5 Provides federal financial help for lower- and middle-income consumers to obtain coverage.</p>
<p>6 Bars insurers from denying or limiting coverage because of pre-existing conditions.</p>
<p>7 Bars insurers from imposing lifetime limits on coverage.</p>
<p>8 Expands <strong>Medicaid</strong> coverage.</p>
<p>9 Imposes 5.4 percent surcharge on adjusted gross incomes of more than $500,000 for individuals and $1 million for joint filers.</p>
<p>10 Imposes penalties on people and businesses who fail to comply.</p>
<p><strong>McClatchy-Tribune</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/08/ce-week-10-house-oks-health-bill-nov-8th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #10:  &#8220;Jobless rate puts heat on Obama&#8221;  Nov. 7th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/08/ce-week-10-jobless-rate-puts-heat-on-obama-nov-7th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/08/ce-week-10-jobless-rate-puts-heat-on-obama-nov-7th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 09 Nov 2009 04:31:48 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1160</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Critics call for faster, bolder initiatives
by Neil Irwin And Michael A. Fletcher
Washington Post
WASHINGTON – The jump in the unemployment rate to 10.2 percent, reported Friday, suggests that the job market could take longer than expected to recover and deepens the pressure on President Barack Obama to come up with more immediate solutions.
The jobless rate crossed [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Critics call for faster, bolder initiatives<br />
by Neil Irwin And Michael A. Fletcher<br />
Washington Post</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON – The jump in the unemployment rate to 10.2 percent, reported Friday, suggests that the job market could take longer than expected to recover and deepens the pressure on President Barack Obama to come up with more immediate solutions.</p>
<p>The jobless rate crossed into double digits last month, from 9.8 percent in September, the Labor Department reported. That is the highest level since 1983 and evidence that the economy, though expanding, has not yet grown enough to end the brutal conditions facing American workers.</p>
<p>A broader measure of joblessness that includes people working part time for lack of full-time positions and those who have given up looking for work out of frustration rose to 17.5 percent from 17 percent.</p>
<p>Economists have been projecting that job growth would resume early in 2010, and the unemployment rate would start coming down by the middle of the year. But that forecast is in doubt because job losses in the last few months are only decelerating very slowly. Typically after a recession, the jobless rate keeps increasing for a few months, but at a more gradual rate. That tapering off hasn’t happened yet.</p>
<p>“This is the worst labor market most of us have ever seen,” said Scott Anderson, senior economist at Wells Fargo.</p>
<p>Even the good news in the report wasn’t all that good: Employers slashed 190,000 jobs in the month, the sort of cuts found in a run-of-the-mill recession. That figure seems encouraging only when compared to job losses that ran at several times that rate earlier in the year.</p>
<p>The weak numbers confront the Obama administration with a difficult situation. The economy grew at a 3.5 percent rate in the third quarter, as measured by gross domestic product, and the president and his advisers have presented this as evidence that their policies to arrest the downturn are working.</p>
<p>But 15.7 million Americans were unemployed last month. And in mid-October, a majority of adults viewed Obama’s policies as either making the economy either worse (22 percent) or having no effect (35 percent), according to a Washington Post-ABC News poll.</p>
<p>The administration is pursuing policies that, while less ambitious than the $787 billion stimulus package passed in February, provide targeted help for the economy. On Friday, Obama signed legislation that extends unemployment insurance benefits for up to 20 weeks more and renews an $8,000 tax credit for first-time homebuyers while expanding eligibility.</p>
<p>But rather than offering a short-term fix for joblessness, the White House is now more focused on a longer-term strategy for fueling the economic recovery. Speaking in the Rose Garden on Friday, Obama said his economic advisers are weighing additional measures to create jobs, including new infrastructure spending, renovations to make buildings more energy efficient, and additional support for U.S. exports.</p>
<p>Private economists said those initiatives are likely to have little immediate effect. “The impact will be pretty minimal,” said Dean Baker, co-director of the Center for Economic and Policy Research. “They are good things to do. We should be spending more money weatherizing. It will employ some people.”</p>
<p>Critics, especially on the left, are calling on the president to move faster and take initiatives that pay off sooner.</p>
<p>“Every day, it becomes more urgent that the federal government step up to the plate with bold actions to boost job creation,” said Richard Trumka, president of the AFL-CIO. “Those actions should include urgently needed fiscal relief to state and local governments, community jobs programs, additional investments in infrastructure and green jobs and credit relief to small and medium-sized businesses.”</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/08/ce-week-10-jobless-rate-puts-heat-on-obama-nov-7th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #10:  &#8220;An extraordinary injustice&#8221;  Nov. 6th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/06/ce-week-10-an-extraordinary-injustice-nov-6th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/06/ce-week-10-an-extraordinary-injustice-nov-6th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 06 Nov 2009 22:43:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1156</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Amy Goodman
The Spokesman-Review
“Extraordinary rendition” is White House-speak for kidnapping. Just ask Maher Arar. He’s a Canadian citizen who was “rendered” by the U.S. to Syria, where he was tortured for almost a year. Just this week, the Second U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, in New York City, dismissed Arar’s case against the government officials (including [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Amy Goodman<br />
The Spokesman-Review</strong></p>
<p>“Extraordinary rendition” is White House-speak for kidnapping. Just ask Maher Arar. He’s a Canadian citizen who was “rendered” by the U.S. to Syria, where he was tortured for almost a year. Just this week, the Second U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, in New York City, dismissed Arar’s case against the government officials (including FBI Director Robert Mueller, former Homeland Security Secretary Tom Ridge and former Attorney General John Ashcroft) who allegedly conspired to have him kidnapped and tortured.</p>
<p>Arar is safe now, recovering in Canada with his family. But the decision sends a signal to the Obama administration that there will be no judicial intervention to halt the cruel excesses of the Bush-era “Global War on Terror,” including extraordinary rendition, torture and the use of the “state secrets privilege” to hide these crimes.</p>
<p>Arar’s life-altering odyssey is one of the best-known and best-investigated of those victimized by U.S. extraordinary rendition. After vacationing with his family in Tunisia, Arar attempted to fly home to Canada. On Sept. 26, 2002, while changing planes at JFK Airport, Arar was pulled aside for questioning. He was fingerprinted and searched by the FBI and the New York Police Department. He asked for a lawyer and was told he had no rights.</p>
<p>He was then taken to another location and subjected to two days of aggressive interrogations, with no access to phone, food or a lawyer. He was asked about his membership with various terrorist groups, about Osama bin Laden, Iraq, Palestine and more. Shackled, he was moved to a maximum-security federal detention center in Brooklyn, strip-searched and threatened with deportation to Syria.</p>
<p>Arar was born in Syria and told his captors that if he returned there, he would be tortured. As Arar’s lawyers would later argue, however, that is exactly what they hoped would happen. Arar was eventually allowed a call – he got through to his mother-in-law, who got him a lawyer – and a visit from a Canadian Consulate official.</p>
<p>For nearly two weeks, the U.S. authorities held the Syria threat over his head. Still, he denied any involvement with terrorism. So in the middle of the night, over a weekend, without normal immigration proceedings – without anyone telling his lawyer or the Canadian Consulate – he was dragged in chains to a private jet contracted by the CIA and flown to Jordan, where he was handed over to the Syrians.</p>
<p>For 10 months and 10 days, Maher was held in a dark, damp, cold cell, measuring 6 feet by 3 feet by 7 feet high, the size of a grave. He was beaten repeatedly with a thick electrical cable all over his body, punched, made to listen to the torture of others, denied food and threatened with electrical shock and an array of more horrors. To stop the torture, he falsely confessed to attending terrorist training in Afghanistan. Then, after nearly a year, he was abruptly released to Canada, 40 pounds lighter and emotionally destroyed.</p>
<p>The Canadian government, under conservative Prime Minister Stephen Harper, investigated, found its own culpability in relaying unreliable information to the FBI and settled with Arar, giving him an apology and $10 million. The U.S. government, on the other hand, has offered no apology and has kept Arar on a terrorist watch list. He is not allowed to enter the U.S. Two years ago, he had to testify before Congress via video conference.</p>
<p>He said: “These past few years have been a nightmare for me. Since my return to Canada, my physical pain has slowly healed, but the cognitive and psychological scars from my ordeal remain with me on a daily basis. I still have nightmares and recurring flashbacks. I am not the same person that I was. I also hope to convey how fragile our human rights have become and how easily they can be taken from us by the same governments that have sworn to protect them.”</p>
<p>Given the excesses of the Bush administration and Barack Obama’s promise of change, it has surprised many that these policies are continuing and that Congress and the courts have not closed this chapter of U.S. history. President Obama has never once condemned extraordinary rendition.</p>
<p>Arar’s lawyer, Maria LaHood, of the Center for Constitutional Rights, calls the court decision against Arar “an outrage.” In his dissent, Judge Guido Calabresi wrote, “I believe that when the history of this distinguished court is written, today’s majority decision will be viewed with dismay.” Given the torture that Arar suffered, his own response was remarkably measured: “If anything, this decision is a loss to all Americans and to the rule of law.”</p>
<p><strong>Amy Goodman hosts a daily international TV and radio news hour called “Democracy Now!” that airs on more than 800 stations in North America. Denis Moynihan contributed research to this column. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/06/ce-week-10-an-extraordinary-injustice-nov-6th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #9:  &#8220;G.O.P. Wins Two Key Governors’ Races; Bloomberg Prevails in a Close Contest&#8221;  Nov. 4th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/04/ce-week-9-g-o-p-wins-two-key-governors%e2%80%99-races-bloomberg-prevails-in-a-close-contest-nov-4th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/04/ce-week-9-g-o-p-wins-two-key-governors%e2%80%99-races-bloomberg-prevails-in-a-close-contest-nov-4th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Nov 2009 14:30:46 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1152</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By DAVID M. HALBFINGER and IAN URBINA
Republicans swept contests for governor in New Jersey and Virginia on Tuesday as voters went to the polls filled with economic uncertainty, dealing President Obama a setback and building momentum for a Republican comeback attempt in next year’s midterm Congressional elections.
But in a closely watched Congressional race in upstate [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By DAVID M. HALBFINGER and IAN URBINA</strong></p>
<p>Republicans swept contests for governor in New Jersey and Virginia on Tuesday as voters went to the polls filled with economic uncertainty, dealing President Obama a setback and building momentum for a Republican comeback attempt in <strong>next year’s midterm Congressional elections</strong>.</p>
<p>But in a closely watched Congressional race in upstate New York, a Democrat who received a late push from the White House triumphed over a conservative candidate who attracted national backers ranging from <strong>Rush Limbaugh to Sarah Palin, the former Alaska governor</strong>.</p>
<p>In New Jersey, a former federal prosecutor, <strong>Christopher J. Christie</strong>, became the first Republican to win statewide in 12 years by vowing to attack the state’s fiscal problems with the same aggressiveness he used to lock up corrupt politicians.</p>
<p>He overcame a huge Democratic voter advantage and a relentless barrage of negative commercials to defeat <strong>Jon S. Corzine</strong>, an unpopular incumbent who outspent him by more than two to one and drew heavily on political help from the White House, including three visits to the state from President Obama.</p>
<p>“We are in a crisis; the times are extraordinarily difficult, but I stand here tonight full of hope for the future,” said Mr. Christie, 47, who will become New Jersey’s 55th governor. “Tomorrow begins the task of fixing a broken state.”</p>
<p>Mr. Corzine, 62, who entered politics a decade ago after a career at Goldman Sachs, conceded at 10:55 p.m. “It has been quite a journey,” he said. “There’s a bright future ahead for New Jersey if we stay focused on people’s lives, and I’m telling you, I’m going to do that for the rest of my life.”</p>
<p>With 98 percent of precincts reporting, Mr. Christie had 49 percent of the vote, Mr. Corzine 44 percent.</p>
<p>In Virginia, where Mr. Obama was the first Democratic presidential nominee to carry the state since 1964, Robert F. McDonnell, a Republican and former state attorney general, rolled to victory over R. Creigh Deeds, a veteran state senator.</p>
<p>With 99 percent of precincts reporting, Mr. McDonnell had 59 percent and Mr. Deeds 41 percent. Mr. McDonnell’s victory, along with Republican victories in the races for attorney general and lieutenant governor, ended eight years of Democratic control in Richmond.</p>
<p>In New York’s 23rd Congressional District, Douglas L. Hoffman, a little known accountant running on the Conservative Party line, conceded after midnight to his Democratic rival, Bill Owens, after driving a moderate Republican from the race.</p>
<p><strong>The three races marked the first major elections since the country plunged into the worst recession in decades, and basic economic issues — job losses, foreclosures, taxes — were front and center.</strong></p>
<p>In Virginia, Mr. McDonnell, avoided divisive social issues, concentrating instead on his plans to create jobs, improve the economy and fix the state’s transportation problems.</p>
<p>In New Jersey, Mr. Christie held Mr. Corzine, a onetime Goldman Sachs chief executive, accountable for rising unemployment, persistent budget deficits, and his failure to gain control over skyrocketing property taxes, the nation’s highest. Voters embraced Mr. Christie even though he offered little detail about how he would fix the state’s chronic financial problems and instead appealed to voters hungry for change.</p>
<p>Voters in both states remained strongly supportive of President Obama, <strong>exit polls</strong> conducted by Edison Research showed, though they said that was not a factor in their decisions. But independent voters, who in New Jersey favored the president in 2008 and in Virginia split between Mr. Obama and John McCain, delivered strong margins for both Mr. Christie and Mr. McDonnell, the surveys showed.</p>
<p>In New Jersey, a sprawling corruption case begun by Mr. Christie, which culminated in July with the arrests of dozens of politicians and others, appeared to have taken its toll on the Democratic get-out-the-vote machinery. In Hudson County, a party bastion where a number of Democratic officials were charged, only 39 percent of registered voters cast their ballots, county officials said.</p>
<p>The races in New Jersey, Virginia and New York attracted intense interest because they provided the first test of President Obama’s ability to transfer the excitement he unleashed last year to other Democratic candidates.</p>
<p>The White House, to varying degrees, became involved in all three races, worried that defeats would undermine the public’s perceptions of the president’s political clout and his ability to pass major legislation.</p>
<p>With polls of the Virginia race showing Mr. Deeds falling further behind, the White House refrained from an all-out effort on his behalf, though Mr. Obama campaigned with Mr. Deeds twice.</p>
<p>In New York, however, the president’s aides played a pivotal role in helping Mr. Owens over the weekend, engineering a surprise endorsement from the moderate Republican who had abandoned the race under pressure from conservatives.</p>
<p>And in New Jersey, the White House took a firm hand in guiding Mr. Corzine’s re-election campaign, culminating in rallies featuring the president campaigning with the governor in Newark and Camden on Sunday.</p>
<p>The victor in Virginia, Mr. McDonnell, 55, is <strong>a social and fiscal conservative</strong>, but ran on a more moderate platform that appealed to voters in the suburbs in Fairfax County, where he was raised. By contrast, Mr. Deeds, 51, had a difficult time introducing himself to densely populated Northern Virginia.</p>
<p>Mr. Deeds sought to portray Mr. McDonnell as a radical conservative by publicizing his 20-year-old master’s thesis, which criticized working women and single mothers. But polls showed voters found Mr. Deeds’s commercials too negative.</p>
<p>The New York race emerged in the national spotlight after President Obama appointed the district’s long-serving congressman, John M. McHugh, a Republican, as secretary of the Army. Almost immediately after local Republican leaders chose Dede Scozzafava, a supporter of gay rights and abortion rights who embraced the federal stimulus package, she came under attack by conservatives as heretical.</p>
<p>Leading conservative voices lined up behind Mr. Hoffman, of Lake Placid, and opponents of same-sex marriage and abortion flooded the district with volunteers from across the country.</p>
<p>In the final days of the campaign, Ms. Scozzafava stunned her party by withdrawing from the race and then backing Mr. Owens. Vice President Joseph R. Biden Jr. traveled to Watertown on Monday to rally Democrats and disgruntled Republicans, but the event drew only about 200 people.</p>
<p>In New Jersey, Mr. Christie attacked Mr. Corzine’s economic leadership, saying he had driven jobs and residents from the state. The governor countered that Mr. Christie offered no viable plan for digging New Jersey out of its enormous financial hole.</p>
<p>Christopher J. Daggett, a former state and federal environmental official, made a splash with a plan to cut property taxes and a strong debate performance, but was hobbled by weak fund-raising. After reaching 20 percent in one public-opinion poll, he failed to break out of the double digits.</p>
<p>New Jersey was a deep-blue state, and Mr. Obama’s election boosted Democratic registration, giving the party a 700,000-vote advantage. Mr. Corzine assailed Mr. Christie, who was named United States attorney by President George W. Bush in 2001, as a philosophical clone of Mr. Bush.</p>
<p>The White House, viewing New Jersey as its best hope for victory, poured resources into the race. The president’s pollster overhauled the campaign’s message, White House aides reviewed Corzine commercials and attended strategy sessions, and cabinet officials lined up to appear at Mr. Corzine’s side.</p>
<p>But Mr. Corzine’s abiding unpopularity — his highest approval rating followed his 2007 car accident and was chalked up to pity — suggested that even “Obama surge” voters who voted for the first time last year could not tilt the outcome in the governor’s favor.</p>
<p><strong>No issue loomed larger in New Jersey than the economy</strong>, which Mr. Corzine assured residents in January ranked as his No. 1, 2 and 3 priorities. But Mr. Christie never wavered from a simple strategy: making the vote a referendum on Mr. Corzine and highlighting how his supposed Wall Street financial skills had been a bust for the state.<br />
<strong><br />
David Kocieniewski and Nate Schweber contributed reporting.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/04/ce-week-9-g-o-p-wins-two-key-governors%e2%80%99-races-bloomberg-prevails-in-a-close-contest-nov-4th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #9:  &#8220;Bloomberg Wins 3rd Term as Mayor in Unexpectedly Close Race&#8221;  Nov. 4th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/04/ce-week-9-bloomberg-wins-3rd-term-as-mayor-in-unexpectedly-close-race-nov-4th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/04/ce-week-9-bloomberg-wins-3rd-term-as-mayor-in-unexpectedly-close-race-nov-4th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Nov 2009 14:25:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1150</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By DAVID W. CHEN and MICHAEL BARBARO
Mayor Michael R. Bloomberg pulled out a narrow re-election victory on Tuesday, as voters angry over his maneuver to undo the city’s term limits law and his extravagant campaign spending provided an unexpected lift to his vastly underfinanced challenger, William C. Thompson Jr.
Unofficial returns showed Mr. Bloomberg with 51 [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By DAVID W. CHEN and MICHAEL BARBARO</strong></p>
<p>Mayor Michael R. Bloomberg pulled out a narrow re-election victory on Tuesday, as voters angry over his maneuver to undo the <strong>city’s term limits law</strong> and his extravagant campaign spending provided an unexpected lift to his vastly underfinanced challenger, William C. Thompson Jr.</p>
<p>Unofficial returns showed Mr. Bloomberg with 51 percent and Mr. Thompson with 46 percent. The result will make Mr. Bloomberg only the fourth three-term mayor in the last century.</p>
<p>“Conventional wisdom says historically third terms haven’t been too successful,” the mayor told supporters at the Sheraton New York Hotel in Midtown Manhattan around midnight after a tense night of watching returns. “But we’ve spent the last eight years defying conventional wisdom.”</p>
<p>Still, the margin seemed to startle Mr. Bloomberg’s aides and the city’s political establishment, which had predicted a blowout. <strong>Published polls in the days leading up to the election suggested that the mayor would win by as many as 18 percentage points; four years ago, he cruised to re-election with a 20 percent margin</strong>.</p>
<p>The billionaire mayor had poured <strong>$90 million of his own fortune into the race</strong>, a sum without equal in the history of municipal politics that gave him a 14-to-1 advantage in campaign spending.</p>
<p>But the turnout appeared to be on track to be among the lowest in modern New York history as the mayor’s vaunted campaign machinery failed to deliver the surge of supporters his aides had predicted.</p>
<p>“Everybody was shocked,” a Bloomberg aide said.</p>
<p>Mr. Bloomberg had based his third-term campaign largely on the argument that the city has been better run since he ushered in an era of corporate efficiency and nonpartisan leadership at City Hall. He also pointed to his accomplishments in education, crime reduction and public health.</p>
<p>But voters from Park Slope in Brooklyn to Morrisania in the Bronx seemed torn.</p>
<p>While they praised his competence and intelligence, many were put off by what they saw as Mr. Bloomberg’s heavy-handed move to rewrite the law that would have limited him to two consecutive terms, saying it was obviously self-serving. The mayor had previously opposed any undoing of term limits, which voters had approved twice.</p>
<p>“The main reason I didn’t vote for Bloomberg was the term limits,” said Katherine Krase, a 34-year-old professor, voting at her local school in Park Slope.</p>
<p>At the same school, Gerni Oster, 34, said: “I think that Mayor Bloomberg is too egotistical and arrogant for me to vote for at this point.”</p>
<p><strong>Exit polls indicated that 45 percent of voters said that Mr. Bloomberg’s handling of term limits was a factor in their decision not to vote for him, and roughly the same number said the mayor’s spending on the race was an important factor. Nearly 7 of 10 approved of his job performance.</strong></p>
<p>Bill de Blasio and John C. Liu, both Democrats, were elected public advocate and comptroller, respectively.</p>
<p>The results in the mayor’s race are likely to be personally bruising to Mr. Bloomberg, a man of no small ego who told the public last fall that his financial acumen made him uniquely qualified to pull the city out of a deep economic funk.</p>
<p>Already, Democrats seemed emboldened by the outcome.</p>
<p>“We learned tonight that people do not forget easily,” said Representative Anthony D. Weiner, the Queens Democrat who considered, but then decided against, challenging the mayor. “A lot of people, whether they said it to pollsters or not, were offended by the term limits fight.”</p>
<p>And, addressing a crowd at the New York Hilton in Midtown, Mr. Thompson sounded like a man who was planning another campaign.</p>
<p>“The work we started during this campaign doesn’t end tonight, in fact, it’s just beginning,” he said.</p>
<p>Even those who backed the mayor seemed to do so reluctantly.</p>
<p>Stav Brinbaum, 37, a Web producer from Prospect Heights, Brooklyn, described his own vote for the mayor as “unfortunate.”</p>
<p>“I feel he bought himself the election,” Mr. Brinbaum said, and “ran a smear campaign against a nonexistent opponent.” But, he added, “He’s doing a really good job.”</p>
<p>“If there were somebody stronger running against him, I would have happily voted for them,” said Paul Ranson, 56, a designer also from Prospect Heights. “But there’s not, so I unhappily voted for Bloomberg.”</p>
<p>Mr. Bloomberg’s campaign managers prided themselves on the their communications strategy, which flooded mailboxes, e-mail inboxes and television screens.</p>
<p>But for some on the receiving end, it was just too much. Ken Ficara, 40, a Web developer from the same neighborhood, remained undecided until the day before the election, when he received six automated telephone calls from the Bloomberg campaign.</p>
<p>He updated his Facebook page, writing: “Mike, the more you call me, the less likely I am to vote for you.”</p>
<p>Still, according to exit polls, Mr. Bloomberg tapped into his historic sources of strength: Staten Island and Queens backed him by comfortable margins, as did Jews, white Catholics and those earning more than $200,000.</p>
<p>Mr. Thompson did best in the Bronx, and ran even with Mr. Bloomberg among voters aged 18 to 29.</p>
<p>Though he drew 46 percent of the vote, residents expressed striking unfamiliarity with him, even after a yearlong campaign.</p>
<p>The son a prominent judge, and a product of the Brooklyn Democratic machine, Mr. Thompson seemed to run a conventional municipal campaign designed for a previous decade, and rarely radiated political hunger. Those who backed the mayor pointed to the qualities that first won them over eight years ago, as he moved from the financial services empire he founded, Bloomberg L.P., to elective office: independence from campaign donors and a no-nonsense management style.</p>
<p>“I thing he’s doing a good job,” Luke Geissbuhler, 39, a cinematographer in Prospect Heights in Brooklyn, said. “It gives me great comfort that he’s less prone to be corrupt by way of his wealth.”</p>
<p>A little more than a year ago, the mayoral field was crowded with ambitious Democrats from City Hall to Congress. But once Mr. Bloomberg engineered the bid to overturn term limits, only Mr. Thompson remained, and for that act of political grit, he earned admiration, though not much public support, from the Democratic establishment.</p>
<p>Yet Mr. Thompson struggled to raise money, pulling in less than $6 million, and failed to communicate his central critique of the mayor: That Mr. Bloomberg had circumvented the will of the voters, who twice approved term limits, and ignored the welfare of working-class New Yorkers, favoring his wealthy friends and developers.</p>
<p>But Mr. Bloomberg was often more adept at framing the debate. He put Mr. Thompson on the defensive early on, challenging his record at the Board of Education and at the comptroller’s office. But what some voters seemed to really remember from the campaign was his spending; the mayor poured some $15,000 an hour into the race in the final months.</p>
<p>“The Yankees buy pennants and we buy mayoralties,” said Mr. Ficara, the Web developer from Prospect Heights.<strong></p>
<p>Reporting was contributed by Flora Fair, Joel Stonington, Mathew R. Warren and Karen Zraick.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/04/ce-week-9-bloomberg-wins-3rd-term-as-mayor-in-unexpectedly-close-race-nov-4th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #9:  &#8220;Nearly half of U.S. kids will use food stamps&#8221;  Nov. 3rd</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/04/ce-week-9-nearly-half-of-u-s-kids-will-use-food-stamps-nov-3rd/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/04/ce-week-9-nearly-half-of-u-s-kids-will-use-food-stamps-nov-3rd/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Nov 2009 14:11:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Federalism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1144</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Researchers study three decades worth of data
by Lindsey Tanner
Associated Press
CHICAGO – Nearly half of all U.S. children and 90 percent of black youngsters will be on food stamps at some point during childhood, and fallout from the current recession could push those numbers even higher, researchers say.
The estimate comes from an analysis of 30 years [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Researchers study three decades worth of data<br />
by Lindsey Tanner<br />
Associated Press</strong></p>
<p>CHICAGO – Nearly half of all U.S. children and 90 percent of black youngsters will be on food stamps at some point during childhood, and fallout from the current recession could push those numbers even higher, researchers say.</p>
<p>The estimate comes from an analysis of 30 years of national data, and it bolsters other recent evidence on the pervasiveness of youngsters at economic risk. It suggests that almost everyone knows a family who has received food stamps, or will in the future, said lead author Mark Rank, a sociologist at Washington University in St. Louis.</p>
<p>“Your neighbor may be using some of these programs, but it’s not the kind of thing people want to talk about,” Rank said.</p>
<p>The analysis was released Monday in the November issue of Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine. The authors say it’s a medical issue pediatricians need to be aware of because children on food stamps are at risk for malnutrition and other ills linked with poverty.</p>
<p>“This is a real danger sign that we as a society need to do a lot more to protect children,” Rank said.</p>
<p><strong>Food stamps are a Department of Agriculture program for low-income individuals and families, covering most foods although not prepared hot foods or alcohol. For a family of four to be eligible, their annual take-home pay can’t exceed about $22,000</strong>.</p>
<p>According to a USDA report released last month, 28.4 million Americans received food stamps in an average month in 2008, and about half were younger than age 18. The average monthly benefit per household totaled $222.</p>
<p>Rank and Cornell University sociologist Thomas Hirschl studied data from a nationally representative survey of 4,800 American households interviewed annually from 1968 through 1997 by the University of Michigan. About 18,000 adults and children were involved.</p>
<p>Overall, about 49 percent of all children were on food stamps at some point by the age of 20, the analysis found. That includes 90 percent of black children and 37 percent of whites. The analysis didn’t include other ethnic groups.</p>
<p>The time span included typical economic ups and downs, including the early 1980s recession. That means similar portions of children now and in the future will live in families receiving food stamps, although ongoing economic turmoil may increase the numbers, Rank said.</p>
<p>An editorial in the medical journal agreed.</p>
<p>“The current recession is likely to generate for children in the United States the greatest level of material deprivation that we will see in our professional lifetimes,” Stanford pediatrician Dr. Paul Wise wrote.</p>
<p>Wise said the Archives study estimate is believable.</p>
<p>“I find it terribly sad, but not surprising,” Wise said.</p>
<p>James Weill, president of Food Research and Action Center, a Washington-based advocacy group, said the analysis underscores that “there are just very large numbers of people who rely on this program for a month, six months, a year.”</p>
<p>“What I hope comes out of this study is an understanding that food stamp beneficiaries aren’t them – they’re us,” Weill said.</p>
<p>The analysis is in line with other recent research suggesting that more than 40 percent of U.S. children will live in poverty or near-poverty by age 17; and that half will live at some point in a single-parent family. Also, other researchers have estimated that slightly more than half of adults will use food stamps at some point by age 65.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/11/04/ce-week-9-nearly-half-of-u-s-kids-will-use-food-stamps-nov-3rd/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #8:  &#8220;Reclaim education first&#8221;  Oct. 27th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/27/ce-week-8-reclaim-education-first-oct-27th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/27/ce-week-8-reclaim-education-first-oct-27th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2009 19:43:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Education]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1134</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by Cal Thomas
The Spokesman-Review

“Don’t it always seem to go
That you don’t know what you’ve got
Till it’s gone” – Joni Mitchell, “Big Yellow Taxi”
Some conservatives are prematurely salivating over President Obama’s declining poll numbers. According to a recent Gallup daily tracking poll, “the nine-point drop in the most recent quarter is the largest Gallup has ever [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>by Cal Thomas<br />
The Spokesman-Review</strong><br />
<em><br />
“Don’t it always seem to go</p>
<p>That you don’t know what you’ve got</p>
<p>Till it’s gone” – Joni Mitchell, “Big Yellow Taxi”</em></p>
<p>Some conservatives are prematurely salivating over President Obama’s declining poll numbers. According to a recent Gallup daily tracking poll, “the nine-point drop in the most recent quarter is the largest Gallup has ever measured for an elected president between the second and third quarters of his term, dating back to 1953.” That may comfort some Obama opponents, but three years is a long time until the next presidential election, so conservatives and Republicans (not always the same) had better think of a long-range strategy if they want to save the country from the long-term consequences of what many call “socialism.”</p>
<p>Matthew Spalding, of the Heritage Foundation, offers one component of that strategy in his new book, “We Still Hold These Truths: Rediscovering Our Principles, Reclaiming Our Future.” Spalding believes, “America is unique in that universal principles of liberty are the foundation of its particular system of government and its political culture.” He lists them and explains their history: liberty, private property, consent of the governed, equality, natural rights, religious freedom, rule of law, constitutionalism.</p>
<p>Middle-age and older Americans recall that these subjects were part of their high school and college curricula. Younger Americans may be less familiar with them, as the public schools no longer seem to emphasize what once held us together, preferring to teach “diversity” instead.</p>
<p>Six years ago, Sen. Lamar Alexander, a Tennessee Republican, introduced a bill to require a greater emphasis on American history and civics in public school classrooms. Alexander quoted federal Judge Aleta Trauger, who spoke at a swearing-in ceremony for 77 new citizens in Nashville: “We are Americans because we also share certain fundamental beliefs. We are bound together by the unique set of principles set forth in documents that created and continue to define this nation. We find our heritage and inspiration in the profound words of the Declaration of Independence: ‘All people are created equal and endowed with unalienable right to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness.’ We pledge allegiance to the Republic as one nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all. But the greatest expression of our national identity is the Constitution of the United States, which established the responsibilities and rights that go with citizenship.”</p>
<p>All true in the past, but what if today’s schools no longer teach those principles and the Constitution is not supreme? What then?</p>
<p>Last week in New York City, the Children’s Scholarship Fund held a dinner in honor of Eva Moskowitz, who runs the Success Charter Network, which operates four charter schools serving about 1,500 students in Harlem. One of the speakers was Jaime Martinez, an eighth-grader who was rescued, along with his sister, Ashley, from a failing public school where he says he experienced bullying and fighting. Jaime’s grades are up at his Catholic private school; he sings in a choir and takes ballroom dancing lessons. (See his remarks at www.scholarshipfund.org.)</p>
<p>Children’s Scholarship Fund President Darla Romfo wants the education conversation to go “beyond arguments about vouchers, charter schools, and test scores into the newer territory of empowering parents and children with real information about how to choose schools and demand excellence, with the ultimate aim of expanding good options for every child.”</p>
<p>It is this objective that should be embraced by those wishing to “reclaim America,” not only for ourselves, but also for future generations.</p>
<p>If conservatives and Republicans support an exodus from public schools as a strategic goal, they will strike at the heart of liberalism, while simultaneously liberating minorities trapped in failed government schools. To free them and teach them about America and its promise of hope will produce everything they are looking for but can’t find in politics. It will also pay political dividends as children and their parents see which party and persuasion cares about them enough to bring real change to their lives.</p>
<p>It’s either this approach, with results, or continuing to put faith in politicians, who have proved themselves unworthy of such faith. If parents fail to act, they won’t know what they had till it’s gone.</p>
<p><strong>Cal Thomas is a columnist for Tribune Media Services. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/27/ce-week-8-reclaim-education-first-oct-27th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>16</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #8:  &#8220;Supreme Court reviewing corporate campaigning Justices could overturn finance restrictions&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-supreme-court-reviewing-corporate-campaigning-justices-could-overturn-finance-restrictions/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-supreme-court-reviewing-corporate-campaigning-justices-could-overturn-finance-restrictions/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2009 04:09:17 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Media]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Supreme Court]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1132</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[David G. Savage / Los Angeles Times 				September 10, 2009
WASHINGTON – The Supreme Court’s conservative bloc sounded poised Wednesday to strike down on free speech grounds a 100-year-old ban against corporations spending large amounts of money to elect or defeat congressional and presidential candidates.
If the justices were to issue such a ruling in the next [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>David G. Savage / Los Angeles Times 				September 10, 2009</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON – The Supreme Court’s conservative bloc sounded poised Wednesday to strike down on free speech grounds a 100-year-old ban against corporations spending large amounts of money to elect or defeat congressional and presidential candidates.</p>
<p>If the justices were to issue such a ruling in the next few months, it could reshape American politics, beginning with the congressional campaign in 2010. Big companies and industries – and possibly unions as well – could fund campaign ads to support or defeat members of Congress.</p>
<p>Since 1907, federal law has prohibited corporations from giving money to candidates. And since 1947, corporations and unions have been barred from spending money on their own to urge voters to elect or defeat federal candidates. Corporate executives, as individuals, can contribute money to a corporate political action committee or PAC, but these amounts are relatively modest compared to the funds available to the corporate treasury.<br />
At least 24 states have similar bans on corporate spending in state races.<br />
All those spending limits have come under growing legal attack from conservatives and libertarians who say the government should not be allowed to set limits on campaign spending and electioneering, even when corporate or union money is in play.</p>
<p>Three justices – Antonin Scalia, Anthony Kennedy and Clarence Thomas – have already said they would overrule past decisions that had upheld federal and state restrictions on corporate election spending. Chief Justice John Roberts and Justice Samuel Alito also have said they favor free speech over the campaign funding limits. But they have not yet said whether they would go along and give corporations a free speech right to spend on campaign ads.</p>
<p>That was the issue before the court Wednesday. It was a rare re-argument in a seemingly narrow case of a small nonprofit group called Citizens United. It had produced a video called “Hillary: The Movie,” which was designed to undercut Hillary Rodham Clinton’s 2008 campaign for the presidency. However, it got tied up in a legal battle with the Federal Election Commission.</p>
<p>Because Citizens United is incorporated and received a small amount of corporate money, the group and its movie came under FEC regulation. Any amount of corporate money can trigger regulatory action under the election laws.<br />
In March, the justices debated whether the law should apply to a nonprofit group that produced a campaign-related video. But rather than decide that narrow question, the justices said in June they would focus instead on whether to say that all corporations, like individuals, have a right to spend freely to elect or defeat candidates.</p>
<p>Washington lawyer Ted Olson, the former solicitor general under President George W. Bush, pressed the justices to rule broadly. “Corporations are persons entitled to protection under the First Amendment,” said Olson, who represented Citizens United.</p>
<p>Sens. John McCain, R-Ariz., and Russell Feingold, D-Wis., co-sponsors of the 2002 campaign funding law, were in the courtroom and listened intently to the 90-minute argument. The ruling could strike down part of the McCain-Feingold Act that restricted corporate and union-funded election ads in the months before the election.</p>
<p>The court will meet behind closed doors later this week to vote on the case. A decision could come within a few months.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-supreme-court-reviewing-corporate-campaigning-justices-could-overturn-finance-restrictions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #8:  NATO Ministers Endorse Wider Afghan Effort&#8221;  Oct. 24th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-nato-ministers-endorse-wider-afghan-effort-oct-24th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-nato-ministers-endorse-wider-afghan-effort-oct-24th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2009 22:24:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1128</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By THOM SHANKER and MARK LANDLER
BRATISLAVA, Slovakia — Defense ministers from NATO on Friday endorsed the ambitious counterinsurgency strategy for Afghanistan proposed by Gen. Stanley A. McChrystal, giving new impetus to his recommendation to pour more troops into the eight-year-old war.
General McChrystal, the senior American and allied commander in Afghanistan, made an unannounced appearance here [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By THOM SHANKER and MARK LANDLER</strong></p>
<p>BRATISLAVA, Slovakia — Defense ministers from <strong>NATO</strong> on Friday endorsed the ambitious counterinsurgency strategy for Afghanistan proposed by <strong>Gen. Stanley A. McChrystal</strong>, giving new impetus to his recommendation to pour more troops into the eight-year-old war.</p>
<p>General McChrystal, the senior American and allied commander in Afghanistan, made an unannounced appearance here on Friday to brief the defense ministers on his strategic review of a war in which the American-led campaign has lost momentum to a tenacious <strong>Taliban</strong> insurgency.</p>
<p>“What we did today was to discuss General McChrystal’s overall assessment, his overall approach, and I have noted a broad support from all ministers of this overall counterinsurgency approach,” said NATO’s secretary general, Anders Fogh Rasmussen.</p>
<p>The acceptance by NATO defense ministers of General McChrystal’s approach did not include a decision on new troops, and it was not clear that their judgment would translate into increased willingness by their governments, many of which have been seeking to reduce their military presence in Afghanistan, to contribute further forces to the war.</p>
<p>But it was another in a series of judgments that success there could not be achieved by a narrower effort that did not increase troop levels in Afghanistan substantially and focused more on capturing and killing terrorists linked to <strong>Al Qaeda</strong> — a counterterrorism strategy identified with Vice President Joseph R. Biden Jr.</p>
<p>The NATO briefing, though held privately, thrusts General McChrystal back into the debate over what President Obama should do about Afghanistan — a role that has raised tensions between the general and the White House in the past, and even drawn a rebuke from his boss, <strong>Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates</strong>.</p>
<p>NATO’s support got no official reaction from the White House. But an administration official noted that an endorsement by defense ministers was not the same as an endorsement by the alliance’s political leadership. Other officials were emphatic that Mr. Obama would not be stampeded in his deliberations and suggested that the NATO statement should not be taken as evidence that the White House had made a decision about how to proceed.</p>
<p>“In no way, shape or form are the president’s options constrained,” said Richard C. Holbrooke, the administration’s special representative for Afghanistan and Pakistan, speaking to reporters at the State Department.</p>
<p>General McChrystal’s review calls for adopting a full-scale counterinsurgency strategy that would protect population centers and accelerate training of Afghan Army and police units — both of which would require significant numbers of fresh troops. NATO diplomats noted that it was difficult to see how an acceptance of this broad strategy could be viewed as anything but an endorsement of the need to increase both military and civilian contributions.</p>
<p>Mr. Gates, who has kept his views about additional troops close to his vest and has discouraged his commanders from lobbying too publicly for their positions, declined to be drawn out on this assessment.</p>
<p>“For this meeting, I am here mainly in listening mode,” Mr. Gates said in Bratislava after the NATO briefing, although he noted that “many allies spoke positively about General McChrystal’s assessment.”</p>
<p>Mr. Gates said the administration’s decision on Afghanistan was still two or three weeks away, and he cautioned that it was “vastly premature” to draw conclusions now about whether the president would deploy more troops. He said that allied defense ministers had not voiced concerns about the administration’s decision-making process.</p>
<p>Although NATO will not meet until next month to decide whether to commit more resources to Afghanistan, Mr. Gates did reveal that he had received indications that some allies were prepared to increase their contributions of civilian experts or troops, or both.</p>
<p>Britain and other NATO members have had their own fractious political debates over troop levels. A retired top general in Britain recently said that the government of <strong>Prime Minister Gordon Brown</strong> had rebuffed his requests for more troops, a charge Mr. Brown denied.</p>
<p>Separate from his strategic review, General McChrystal has submitted a request for forces, which is now working its way through both the American and NATO chains of command.</p>
<p>The options submitted by General McChrystal range to a maximum of 85,000 more troops, although his leading option calls for increasing forces by about 40,000, according to officials familiar with the proposal.</p>
<p>The pressure for more troops was a theme throughout the day at the NATO meeting, as other senior international representatives told defense ministers of the need to increase their commitments in order to succeed in Afghanistan.</p>
<p><strong>The United Nations</strong> special representative for Afghanistan, Kai Eide, who also flew to the Slovakian capital to meet the ministers, stressed that “additional international troops are required.” He also told the allies, “This cannot be a U.S.-only enterprise.”</p>
<p>Mr. Eide acknowledged that it might be difficult to rally public support for force contributions while allegations of election fraud continued to taint the government of <strong>President Hamid Karzai</strong>.</p>
<p>Senior American military officers have already endorsed General McChrystal’s overall strategy, including <strong>Adm. Mike Mullen, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and Gen. David H. Petraeus, the American commander in the Middle East.</strong></p>
<p>Senior NATO officials made clear that additional commitments should go beyond combat forces to include trainers for the Afghan Army and police force, as well as civilians to help rebuild the economy and restore confidence in the government.</p>
<p>“What we need is a much broader strategy, which stabilizes the whole of Afghan society, and this is the essence in the recommendations presented by General McChrystal,” said Mr. Rasmussen, the NATO secretary general. “This won’t happen just because of a good plan. It will also need resources — people and money.”</p>
<p>General McChrystal was not scheduled to make any public comments here. The general’s reticence was not unexpected, as some administration officials have criticized his recent statements as an attempt to press the White House to act.</p>
<p>The general and his aides have denied they were playing politics. General McChrystal said in a recent interview that success required a unified, government-wide strategy.</p>
<p>NATO officials assessing the potential for allied troop contributions said that delicate negotiations were under way, and that NATO capitals were watching the Obama administration for signals even while they sent signals of their own.</p>
<p><strong><br />
Thom Shanker reported from Bratislava, and Mark Landler from Washington.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-nato-ministers-endorse-wider-afghan-effort-oct-24th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #8:  &#8220;Fox News snub is Nixonian&#8221;  Oct. 25th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-fox-news-snub-is-nixonian-oct-25th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-fox-news-snub-is-nixonian-oct-25th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2009 22:01:14 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Media]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1122</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[
by Charles Krauthammer
The Spokesman-Review
Rahm Emanuel once sent a dead fish to a live pollster.
Now he’s put a horse’s head in Roger Ailes’ bed.
Not very subtle. And not very smart. Ailes doesn’t scare easily.
The White House has declared war on Fox News. White House communications director Anita Dunn said that Fox is “opinion journalism masquerading as [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong><br />
by Charles Krauthammer<br />
The Spokesman-Review</strong></p>
<p>Rahm Emanuel once sent a dead fish to a live pollster.</p>
<p>Now he’s put a horse’s head in Roger Ailes’ bed.</p>
<p>Not very subtle. And not very smart. Ailes doesn’t scare easily.</p>
<p>The White House has declared war on Fox News. White House communications director Anita Dunn said that Fox is “opinion journalism masquerading as news.” Patting rival networks on the head for their authenticity (read: docility), senior adviser David Axelrod declared Fox “not really a news station.” And Chief of Staff Emanuel told (warned?) the other networks not to “be led (by) and following Fox.”</p>
<p>Meaning? If Fox runs a story critical of the administration – from exposing White House czar Van Jones as a loony Sept. 11 “truther” to exhaustively examining the mathematical chicanery and hidden loopholes in proposed health care legislation – the other news organizations should think twice before following the lead.</p>
<p>The signal to corporations is equally clear: You might have dealings with a federal behemoth that not only disburses more than $3 trillion every year but is extending its reach ever deeper into private industry – finance, autos, soon health care and energy. Think twice before you run an ad on Fox.</p>
<p>At first, there was little reaction from other media. Then on Thursday, the administration tried to make them complicit in an actual boycott of Fox. The Treasury Department made available Ken Feinberg, the executive pay czar, for interviews with the White House “pool” news organizations – except Fox. The other networks admirably refused, saying they would not interview Feinberg unless Fox was permitted to as well. The administration backed down.</p>
<p>This was an important defeat because there’s a principle at stake here. While government can and should debate and criticize opposition voices, the current White House goes beyond that. It wants to delegitimize any significant dissent. The objective is no secret. White House aides openly told Politico that they’re engaged in a deliberate campaign to marginalize and ostracize recalcitrants, from Fox to health insurers to the U.S. Chamber of Commerce.</p>
<p>There’s nothing illegal about such search-and-destroy tactics. Nor unconstitutional. But our politics are defined not just by limits of legality or constitutionality. We have norms, <strong>Madisonian</strong> norms.</p>
<p>Madison argued that the safety of a great republic, its defense against tyranny, requires the contest between factions or interests. His insight was to understand “the greater security afforded by a greater variety of parties.” They would help guarantee liberty by checking and balancing and restraining each other – and an otherwise imperious government.</p>
<p><strong>Factions</strong> <strong>(political parties, interest groups etc. . . )</strong> should compete, but also recognize the legitimacy of other factions and, indeed, their necessity for a vigorous self-regulating democracy. Seeking to deliberately undermine, delegitimize and destroy is not Madisonian. It is Nixonian.</p>
<p>But didn’t Teddy Roosevelt try to destroy the trusts? Of course, but what he took down was monopoly power that was extinguishing smaller independent competing interests. Fox News is no monopoly. It is a singular minority in a sea of liberal media. ABC, NBC, CBS, PBS, NPR, CNN, MSNBC vs. Fox. The lineup is so unbalanced as to be comical – and that doesn’t even include the other commanding heights of the culture that are firmly, flagrantly liberal: Hollywood, the foundations, the universities, the elite newspapers.</p>
<p>Fox and its viewers (numbering more than CNN’s and MSNBC’s combined) need no defense. Defend Fox compared to whom? To CNN – which recently unleashed its fact-checkers on a “Saturday Night Live” skit mildly critical of President Barack Obama, but did no checking of a grotesquely racist remark CNN falsely attributed to Rush Limbaugh?</p>
<p>Defend Fox from whom? Fox’s flagship 6 o’clock evening news out of Washington (hosted by Bret Baier, formerly by Brit Hume) is, to my mind, the best hour of news on television. (Definitive evidence: My mother watches it even on the odd night when I’m not on.) Defend Fox from the likes of Anita Dunn? She’s been attacked for extolling Mao’s political philosophy in a speech at a high school graduation.</p>
<p>But the critics miss the surpassing stupidity of her larger point: She was invoking Mao as support and authority for her impassioned plea for individuality and trusting one’s own choices. Mao as champion of individuality? Mao, the greatest imposer of mass uniformity in modern history, creator of a slave society of a near-billion worker bees wearing Mao suits and waving the Little Red Book?</p>
<p>The White House communications director cannot be trusted to address high schoolers without uttering inanities. She and her cohorts are now to instruct the country on truth and objectivity?</p>
<p><strong><br />
Charles Krauthammer is a columnist for the Washington Post Writers Group. His e-mail address is letters@charleskrauthammer.com. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/26/ce-week-8-fox-news-snub-is-nixonian-oct-25th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #7:  &#8220;Frustrated Liberal Lawmaker Balances Beliefs and Politics&#8221;  Oct. 18th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/18/ce-week-7-frustrated-liberal-lawmaker-balances-beliefs-and-politics-oct-18th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/18/ce-week-7-frustrated-liberal-lawmaker-balances-beliefs-and-politics-oct-18th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 18 Oct 2009 18:28:14 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[2008 Election]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1105</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By CARL HULSE
WASHINGTON — Representative Earl Blumenauer should be experiencing the most fulfilling days of his more than 35 years in public service.
The liberal Democrat from Portland, Ore. — known for his bowties, his Trek bicycle and a pragmatic brand of progressivism — embraced Barack Obama’s presidential candidacy early in 2008 and campaigned hard alongside [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By CARL HULSE</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON — Representative Earl Blumenauer should be experiencing the most fulfilling days of his more than 35 years in public service.</p>
<p>The liberal Democrat from Portland, Ore. — known for his bowties, his Trek bicycle and a pragmatic brand of progressivism — embraced Barack Obama’s presidential candidacy early in 2008 and campaigned hard alongside him, steadily gaining confidence that the young senator from Illinois was the ideal liberal remedy to eight years of conservative dominance.</p>
<p>Now political reality has set in, testing Mr. Blumenauer’s faith that Mr. Obama’s election and big Democratic majorities in Congress would yield quick advances in the progressive agenda.</p>
<p>Instead of forging ahead, Mr. Blumenauer, 61, finds himself fighting to retain one of the touchstones for liberals this year, a public insurance option in the health care overhaul, and is watching his hopes of curbing global warming grow cold in the Senate. Mr. Blumenauer, a seven-term congressman, is bracing for a tough vote on sending more troops to Afghanistan while he frets about the detention facility at Guantánamo Bay remaining open.</p>
<p>“It has been a hard landing for a lot of the people that I represent,” Mr. Blumenauer, referring to his largely liberal constituency, said as he assessed the first months of the Obama administration.</p>
<p>As health care legislation moves to the floor with other major issues close behind, the question for Mr. Blumenauer and those who share his ideology will be whether they relent on some of their core beliefs to support less satisfying compromises, despite being in what, on the surface, is a commanding political position.</p>
<p>“It is still something that I am struggling with,” he said.</p>
<p>Mr. Blumenauer is just one example of what might be called the Frustrated Left, a substantial caucus of Congressional Democrats who dreamed that Mr. Obama would usher in a new era of liberal problem-solving only to see Congress and the new administration collide with the old problems of partisanship, internal disagreement and the challenge of mustering 60 votes to get just about anything done in the Senate.</p>
<p>While Congressional leaders try to appease moderate and conservative Democrats who can provide the crucial votes for passage, more liberal Democrats from safer districts sometimes simmer, feeling that they are being taken for granted while it is assumed they will get on board when the time comes.</p>
<p>On health care, Democrats are growing more optimistic that they can find a compromise approach to creating a government-run insurer to compete with the private sector — an issue that as much as any other has split the party’s liberals and moderates — even as progressive voices outside of Congress insist that there be no compromise.</p>
<p>“The fact is that Earl Blumenauer could stop a bill going through that does not have a public option in it,” said Jane Hamsher, founder of the progressive blog firedoglake.com. “Is it his loyalty to the party, partisan politics over principle? We are going to get to see that.”</p>
<p>Mr. Blumenauer strongly favors a public option and in late July was one of more than 60 Democrats who signed a letter to the leadership saying that, essentially, they would not back a final bill without an acceptable public plan. But on health care — as on other domestic issues, global warming and foreign policy — he must weigh whether it makes more sense to take what he can get as opposed to standing firm and perhaps seeing the overall effort collapse.</p>
<p>“It would be very hard for me to do,” Mr. Blumenauer said of voting for a final health care overhaul without a public plan. “But if it gets to the point where the choice is doing some things that will make a significant difference without a public option or letting the whole thing die, that too would be hard.”</p>
<p>Mr. Blumenauer got on board early with Mr. Obama after concluding that he offered the chance for a more decisive change in course than Hillary Rodham Clinton could provide. He first met Mr. Obama at the 2004 Democratic convention in Boston and endorsed him in late January 2008.</p>
<p>“There was something going on here, this guy has got some real capacity being able to, I think, connect, communicate,” remembered Mr. Blumenauer.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama won Oregon and Mr. Blumenauer’s district going away, setting sky-high expectations among his followers in the Pacific Northwest.</p>
<p>Mr. Blumenauer, a member of the tax-writing and climate change committees with a devotion to trying to improve the livability of American cities, said he did not think Mr. Obama had shifted his ideological stance since his election and did not blame the president for the problems slowing the liberal agenda. He said he saw a combination of factors — the troubled economy, the sheer scope of the nation’s problems and an unexpected level of Republican opposition — as the culprits.</p>
<p>“The combination of the economic shock and frankly the political upset and outrage has changed the landscape,” Mr. Blumenauer said. “The Barack Obama that I campaigned with is pretty much the same guy. But it is an environment that is unprecedented and would press anyone’s skills.”</p>
<p>Back home, Mr. Blumenauer said his constituents had shown patience with the pace of things, partly, he suggested, because they were so disenchanted with the Bush administration.</p>
<p>Activists and pollsters in Oregon said that they agreed but that the patience of Mr. Blumenauer’s liberal base was not unlimited.</p>
<p>“I think people realize you can’t do everything precisely all at once,” said Steve Novick, a Democratic advocate in Portland who lost a Senate bid in 2008.</p>
<p>Senator Ron Wyden, whose move to the Senate opened up the House seat for Mr. Blumenauer in 1996, said Oregon residents grasped the complexity of the problems facing the country. “Look at what is coming at us: Iraq, Afghanistan, Iran,” he said. “There is a sense that there is going to be a lot of heavy lifting, but people want to stay at it until it happens.”</p>
<p>Even with his frustrations, Mr. Blumenauer said that having a Democratic administration had paid tangible benefits. The secretaries of the housing and transportation departments have visited Portland, and he recently hosted Lisa P. Jackson, the administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, in his office. “They want to be a partner on the cleanup rather than ignoring it,” he said, referring to environmental cleanup projects in his state.</p>
<p>And though some of his preferred legislative approaches might be stalled or fall victim to compromise, Mr. Blumenauer said he believed that Mr. Obama and the Democratic majorities in Congress would ultimately be successful in advancing a liberal agenda on the major issues.</p>
<p>“We are going to be working on climate, on health care, on the economy for every minute of the next two Congresses and beyond,” he said. “Will the public be patient enough? Will the political process hold together?</p>
<p>“This is not going to be easy,” he said, “but I think we are seeing a process that makes me actually optimistic, even though it is not exactly like I would have liked.” </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/18/ce-week-7-frustrated-liberal-lawmaker-balances-beliefs-and-politics-oct-18th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #6:  &#8220;Republican’s Vote Lifts a Health Bill, but Hurdles Remain&#8221;  Oct. 14th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/14/ce-week-6-republican%e2%80%99s-vote-lifts-a-health-bill-but-hurdles-remain-oct-14th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/14/ce-week-6-republican%e2%80%99s-vote-lifts-a-health-bill-but-hurdles-remain-oct-14th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2009 13:48:35 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1094</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By ROBERT PEAR and DAVID M. HERSZENHORN
WASHINGTON — After months of relentless courting and suspense, Senator Olympia J. Snowe, Republican of Maine, cast her vote with Democrats on Tuesday as the Senate Finance Committee approved legislation to remake the health care system and provide coverage to millions of the uninsured.
With Ms. Snowe’s support, the committee [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>By ROBERT PEAR and DAVID M. HERSZENHORN</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON — After months of relentless courting and suspense, Senator Olympia J. Snowe, Republican of Maine, cast her vote with Democrats on Tuesday as the Senate Finance Committee approved legislation to remake the health care system and provide coverage to millions of the uninsured.</p>
<p>With Ms. Snowe’s support, the committee backed the $829 billion measure on a vote of 14 to 9, with all the other Republicans opposed.</p>
<p>“Is this bill all that I would want?” Ms. Snowe said. “Far from it. Is it all that it can be? No. But when history calls, history calls. And I happen to think that the consequences of inaction dictate the urgency of Congress to take every opportunity to demonstrate its capacity to solve the monumental issues of our time.”</p>
<p>Ms. Snowe’s remarks silenced the packed committee room, riveted colleagues and thrilled the White House. President Obama had sought her vote, hoping that she would break with Republican leaders and provide at least a veneer of bipartisanship to the bill, which he has declared his top domestic priority.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama, speaking in the Rose Garden, described the committee’s action as “a critical milestone” and declared, “We are now closer than ever before to passing health reform.” But he added: “Now is not the time to pat ourselves on the back. Now is not the time to offer ourselves congratulations. Now is the time to dig in and work even harder to get this done.”</p>
<p>With its vote Tuesday, the Finance Committee became the fifth — and final — Congressional panel to approve a sweeping health care bill. The action will now move to the floors of the House and the Senate, where the health care measures still face significant hurdles.</p>
<p>Aside from Ms. Snowe, no Republicans in Congress have publicly endorsed the bills in their current form. And Republican leaders are strongly opposed, saying the bills cost too much, raise taxes, cut Medicare and dangerously expand federal power.</p>
<p>Pressure from lobbyists is sure to grow in the coming weeks. And many more lawmakers will get involved in what promise to be impassioned and highly politicized debates in the Senate and the House.</p>
<p>After the Finance Committee vote, the chief architect of the bill, Senator Max Baucus, Democrat of Montana and chairman of the committee, declared: “It’s clear that health care reform will pass this year. Our action today provides terrific momentum.”</p>
<p>Senator Charles E. Grassley of Iowa, the senior Republican on the Finance Committee, said the bill put the nation on “a slippery slope toward more and more government control of health care.”</p>
<p>Ms. Snowe helped write the Finance Committee bill, in months of bipartisan negotiations, but had not committed to vote for it. She said Tuesday that she shared many of her Republican colleagues’ reservations about the legislation, and pointedly warned Democrats that they could lose her support later in the legislative process.</p>
<p>“My vote today is my vote today,” she said. “It doesn’t forecast what my vote will be tomorrow.” And she observed, “There are many, many miles to go in this legislative journey.”</p>
<p>Ms. Snowe gave no clue how she would vote in the first few hours of committee deliberations Tuesday and she did not alert the White House to her plans.</p>
<p>While colleagues spoke, she kept her head buried in papers, fidgeted and spoke occasionally with aides. When Mr. Baucus stepped over to speak to her, a small army of photographers snapped pictures, with cameras clicking like a chorus of chirping crickets.</p>
<p>The Congressional Budget Office said the bill would cost $829 billion over 10 years. The costs include $345 billion for the expansion of Medicaid and $461 billion for subsidies to help lower-income people buy insurance.</p>
<p>The budget office said the costs would be completely offset by new fees and taxes and by cutbacks in Medicare, so federal budget deficits in the next 10 years would be $81 billion lower than now projected.</p>
<p>But Douglas W. Elmendorf, director of the Congressional Budget Office, said his agency had not estimated the impact of the bill on overall national health spending, public and private, and could not say whether it would “bend the cost curve,” as Mr. Obama and lawmakers want.</p>
<p>Likewise, Mr. Elmendorf said he did not know for sure how the bill would affect premiums.</p>
<p>Several senators said they would fight for changes on the Senate floor.</p>
<p>Liberal Democrats, like Senator John D. Rockefeller IV of West Virginia, said they would push for a public insurance plan. Senators Ron Wyden of Oregon and Robert Menendez of New Jersey, both Democrats, said they would seek changes to make insurance more affordable to middle-income families. And Senator John Kerry of Massachusetts said he wanted to require employers to provide insurance to their employees.</p>
<p>The bill does not include such an employer mandate. But employers with more than 50 workers would have to reimburse the government for some or all of the cost of federal subsidies provided to employees who buy insurance on their own.</p>
<p>Ms. Snowe said she liked the Finance Committee bill because it would prohibit insurance companies from discriminating against people on account of health status or sex and would create a network of insurance exchanges where individuals, families and small businesses could shop for coverage, with subsidies from the federal government.</p>
<p>At the same time, Ms. Snowe said she shared Republican “concerns about vast governmental bureaucracies and governmental intrusions.” That, she said, is why she had opposed amendments to create a government insurance plan and would continue to do so.</p>
<p>Ms. Snowe said she was open to a compromise under which a public plan could be “triggered” in states where people could not otherwise find affordable insurance. She said her “paramount concern” was that insurance might be too expensive for some people, even with government subsidies.</p>
<p>The Congressional Budget Office said the Finance Committee bill would provide coverage to 29 million people, but still leave 25 million uninsured in 2019. Of those left uncovered, about a third would be illegal immigrants.</p>
<p>David Stout contributed reporting.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/14/ce-week-6-republican%e2%80%99s-vote-lifts-a-health-bill-but-hurdles-remain-oct-14th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #6:  &#8220;Prop 4 supporters, opponents make cases&#8221;  Oct. 11th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/11/ce-week-6-prop-4-supporters-opponents-make-cases-oct-11th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/11/ce-week-6-prop-4-supporters-opponents-make-cases-oct-11th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 11 Oct 2009 15:06:02 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1086</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Point by point arguments on proposed community bill of rights
by Jonathan Brunt / jonathanb@spokesman.com, (509) 459-5442
Proposition 4 is the most debated and argued, hated and loved, vilified and oversimplified question on November’s ballot.
Supporters say the Community Bill of Rights – Proposition 4 on ballots that will be mailed later this week to voters in the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Point by point arguments on proposed community bill of rights<br />
by Jonathan Brunt / jonathanb@spokesman.com, (509) 459-5442</strong></p>
<p>Proposition 4 is the most debated and argued, hated and loved, vilified and oversimplified question on November’s ballot.</p>
<p>Supporters say the Community Bill of Rights – Proposition 4 on ballots that will be mailed later this week to voters in the city of Spokane – is an attempt to empower citizens to improve the environment, ensure housing and basic preventive health care, give neighborhoods a say in development projects and create an economy that has good jobs.</p>
<p>Opponents say the proposed amendments to the City Charter were written in a way to ensure constant lawsuits that will more likely halt progress on the goals listed in the proposition and will drive businesses and jobs from the city of Spokane to Spokane Valley or elsewhere.</p>
<p>Below is the wording from each of the nine rights in the Community Bill of Rights and statements from a debate at The Spokesman-Review this week:</p>
<p>Kai Huschke, the campaign manager for Envision Spokane, the group that successfully placed the proposal on the ballot.</p>
<p>Kate McCaslin, a former Spokane County commissioner, representing Jobs &#038; Opportunities Benefiting Spokane, a group formed to oppose the measure.</p>
<p><strong>Right 1</p>
<p>Residents have the right to a locally based economy to ensure local job creation and enhance local business opportunities. The right shall include the right to have local monies reinvested locally by lending institutions, and the right to equal access to capital, credit, contracts, incentives, and services for businesses owned by Spokane residents.</strong></p>
<p>Supporters</p>
<p>The first amendment is about keeping money earned in Spokane in Spokane, Huschke said. That means requiring banks to use money from residents and businesses within city limits only on investments within the city of Spokane.</p>
<p>“If we are going to have a vibrant economy, we have to enhance our local economy,” Huschke said. “In order to do that, we have to make sure that we are treating our local businesses as best we can.”</p>
<p>Opponents</p>
<p>McCaslin said working for a locally based economy is positive, but not through a banking regulation that would create vast accounting headaches and likely lawsuits for lending institutions.</p>
<p>“This basically says people could sue the bank if they felt like those moneys were going outside Spokane,” McCaslin said, adding that banks might simply move outside city limits. “That will cost us jobs.”</p>
<p><strong>Right 2</p>
<p>Residents have the right to affordable preventive health care. For residents otherwise unable to access such care, the City shall guarantee such access by coordinating with area health care providers to create affordable fee-for-service programs within 18 months following adoption of this Charter provision.</strong></p>
<p>Supporters</p>
<p>Huschke said the city’s only duty under this provision is to convene a group of health care providers and to make a good-faith attempt to create the program.</p>
<p>“There is no cost to the city, plain and simple,” he said.</p>
<p>That’s because any administrative costs that might be created if health care providers successfully create a fee-for-service plan would be paid for by the fees, he said. Because most people who are uninsured have a source of income, fees could be charged to cover costs, he said.</p>
<p>“It was very, very critical to the people who formulated this that we didn’t build it such that there would be a cost to taxpayers,” Huschke said.</p>
<p>Opponents</p>
<p>McCaslin argues that the provision could easily be interpreted to mean that the city’s on the hook to provide preventive health care – whether or not the group of health care providers successfully creates the program.</p>
<p>And if a program is created, she said, there’s too much ambiguity about what’s required.</p>
<p>“Maybe what’s affordable to me is way different than what’s affordable to my neighbor, which is way different than is affordable to the neighbor down the street.”</p>
<p>She questioned who would pay for fees charged to patients who couldn’t afford them.</p>
<p><strong>Right 3</p>
<p>Residents have the right to affordable housing, the right to a safely maintained dwelling, and the right to be free from housing discrimination. The City shall ensure the availability of low-income housing stock sufficient to meet the needs of the low-income housing community. People and families may only be denied renting or buying of a dwelling for non-discriminatory reasons and may only be evicted from their residence for non-discriminatory causes.</strong></p>
<p>Supporters</p>
<p>Huschke said the provision could be met by the creation of regulations or incentives so that future housing developments include a certain percentage of low-income housing.</p>
<p>“It’s not about building houses; it’s about making sure that the stock of development is sufficient for the low-income community,” he said.</p>
<p>Opponents</p>
<p>McCaslin said if regulations or incentives fail to create enough low-income housing, the city could be forced into financing construction because it says the city “shall ensure the availability” of housing.</p>
<p>“These words are very specific,” she said. “The city could be on the hook for a lot of money.”</p>
<p><strong>Right 4</p>
<p>Residents have the right to access affordable and renewable energy sources.</strong></p>
<p>Supporters</p>
<p>“This would give residents the ability to actually generate their own energy if need be as well as to make sure that energy access stays affordable and renewable for the citizens of Spokane,” Huschke said. “If we’re going to play our part on a community level we need to have the ability to access renewable energy sources.”</p>
<p>Opponents</p>
<p>McCaslin said the rule likely would result in endless lawsuits.</p>
<p>“I just think that this is so open to interpretation that we are going to spend years and years and years trying to figure out what it means at great cost,” McCaslin said.</p>
<p><strong>Right 5</p>
<p>Ecosystems, including but not limited to, all groundwater systems, surface water systems and aquifers, have the right to exist and flourish. River systems have the right to flow and have water quality necessary to provide habitat for native plants and animals, and to provide clean drinking water. Aquifers have the right to sustainable recharge, flow and water quality.</strong></p>
<p>Supporters</p>
<p>Huschke said current environmental laws are “not giving us the level of protections we need.”</p>
<p>He noted studies that indicate that summertime flow of the Spokane River has fallen significantly in the past century – a development that puts strain on fish populations.</p>
<p>“This ups greater protections both from the pollution standpoint and from the flow standpoint,” he said.</p>
<p>As current law stands, a person concerned about an environmental problem often needs to have a financial interest in order to file a lawsuit, Huschke said.</p>
<p>This provision would do away with that requirement and make it possible for anyone to bring a suit.</p>
<p>Opponents</p>
<p>McCaslin said great improvements to the river and environment have occurred with current regulations and by “people working together.”</p>
<p>“We will all admit there are major issues that we need to address with our river and keep moving forward, but this is not the way to do and, in fact, could bring all of those efforts to a standstill,” McCaslin said.</p>
<p>McCaslin questioned the ability, as defined in the Ninth Amendment, allowing “anyone” to file a challenge.</p>
<p>“It really opens up the potential for vast amounts of litigation because you really don’t have to prove any standing, you just have to be a human to bring a lawsuit.”</p>
<p><strong>Right 6</p>
<p>Residents have the right, through their neighborhood councils, to determine the future of their neighborhoods, which shall include the right to adopt enforceable neighborhood plans, and the right to have growth-related public infrastructure costs funded by new development as provided by an impact fees Ordinance. The City of Spokane shall provide sufficient funding to neighborhood councils for the creation, adoption and enforcement of neighborhood plans. Such plans shall respect and promote the rights delineated by this Charter. Residents may also determine the future of their neighborhoods by rejecting proposed land development projects, in accordance with the provisions of this Charter.</p>
<p>Those provisions include:</p>
<p>A neighborhood council may veto a land development project if requested to veto that project by a number of neighborhood registered voters equal to or greater than 15 percent of the total number of votes cast at the last preceding general municipal election within that neighborhood.  … A neighborhood council shall veto a land development project if requested to veto that project by a number of neighborhood registered voters greater than 50 percent of the total number of votes cast at the last preceding general municipal election within that neighborhood.  …</strong></p>
<p>Supporters</p>
<p>Huschke noted that the city already has funded creation of some neighborhood plans, which become part of the city’s comprehensive plan – the city’s long-term growth guide. Continuing those efforts simply puts the city on a path of following through on promises officials made several years ago to craft development plans based on neighborhood input, supporters say.</p>
<p>Some neighborhood leaders have argued that developers’ vast resources and campaign contributions to City Council members unfairly tilt the process in their favor even if rules and zoning don’t favor their proposals. In development controversies in Spokane County, opponents have noted that even when neighbors successfully sued Spokane County for inappropriately approving development, the contested projects were vested under state law and were allowed to move forward even when deemed to have been illegally approved.</p>
<p>“Right now we don’t have the ability to actually uphold our plans on a neighborhood level. This is actually about empowering the residents to be able to do so,” Huschke said. “Until we as residents have the ability to actually call that into question through a legal manner we won’t have the ability to protect the integrity of our neighborhoods as we should.”</p>
<p>Opponents</p>
<p>McCaslin said if a law is approved requiring neighborhood planning, the cost to provide those services will pull from some other city priorities.</p>
<p>Most of the city’s funding for neighborhood plans thus far was paid for with surpluses experienced by the city before the recent recession.</p>
<p>“The point is that in a year like this, it could mean a decision between funding a police officer or a planning staff member,” McCaslin said.</p>
<p>McCaslin said provisions empowering neighborhood councils to veto a development project take away authority from leaders chosen by secret ballot in certified elections.</p>
<p>“We depend upon people who are formally elected through a process that we can trust,” McCaslin said. “It’s not just who shows up at a meeting one night and happens to get elected.”</p>
<p>She noted that the proposal is based on the number of voters who participated in the most recent city election. If turnout was closer to 30 percent, it would only take about 200 signatures in a neighborhood with 4,000 registered voters to give the neighborhood council veto power.</p>
<p>Opponents note that once a neighborhood council would veto a project it’s dead because there’s no provision to reverse course even if a majority of residents in the neighborhood sign a petition in support of the development.</p>
<p><strong>Right 7</p>
<p>Workers have the right to be paid the prevailing wage on all private construction projects exceeding $2 million in construction costs (as annually adjusted for inflation), and all public and publicly subsidized construction projects, within the City of Spokane. Workers have the right to work as apprentices on all private construction projects exceeding $2 million in construction costs (as annually adjusted for inflation), and all public and publicly subsidized construction projects, through programs approved under the Washington State Apprenticeship Training Program, and each contractor and subcontractor building those projects shall be required to use apprentices for a minimum of 15 percent of the total hours worked on each project.<br />
</strong><br />
Supporters</p>
<p>Huschke said the rules are about “pay equity” and giving people opportunities to learn skills. They also would result in a better work force, one that is “more loyal, one that has less injuries,” he said.</p>
<p>“If you don’t give them opportunities to actually access jobs … in an apprentice program, you’re actually losing jobs because you don’t have the skill sets we need,” Huschke said.</p>
<p>Opponents</p>
<p>McCaslin said the rules will raise the cost of private construction, perhaps by 20 percent or more. That means, she said, jobs will be lost because some projects won’t move forward, at least not in the city of Spokane.</p>
<p>“I’ll tell you where they’re going to go and it’s not going to be in the city. Jobs will be lost. Property taxes in the future will be lost, and it will end up to be a great detriment to the city.”</p>
<p><strong>Right 8</p>
<p>Workers have the right to employer neutrality when unionizing, and the right to be free from captive audience meetings, or other mandatory, non-work-related meetings, in the workplace.</strong></p>
<p>Supporters</p>
<p>Union leaders have argued that federal law is slanted against unionization because of intimidation from employers, sometimes at “captive-audience” meetings where managers dissuade creation of a labor group.</p>
<p>Huschke said this rule would create an equal playing field.</p>
<p>“It doesn’t mean that employers can’t give their opinion, but they can’t block people from discussing the possibility of unionizing,” he said.</p>
<p>He added that employers could still hold meetings as long as employees aren’t punished for not attending.</p>
<p>“This is about having a freedom of choice,” he said.</p>
<p>Opponents</p>
<p>McCaslin argues that workers’ unionizing rights already are protected under federal law. Envision Spokane’s proposal, she said, would strip employer rights from the process.</p>
<p>“Employers would no longer have that option of talking about why their employees may not want to consider a union, and that is just unfair,” she said. “This alone will cost hundreds, if not thousands of jobs, in the city of Spokane as employers say, ‘You know what? I put everything at risk to have my small business. I do not think it is fair that I should not be able to talk to my employees about these issues,’ and they will simply leave.”</p>
<p><strong>Right 9</p>
<p>All rights recognized by the Community Bill of Rights are fundamental, inalienable and self-executing. The City of Spokane, or any person, neighborhood, or neighborhood council aggrieved by a violation of their rights, or any person seeking to enforce the rights of ecosystems, may enforce these rights. Enforcement actions shall be filed as civil actions in a court of competent jurisdiction, against any person, government or entity violating these rights, and sufficient legal and equitable relief shall be awarded to remedy the violation, including restoration of a damaged ecosystem. In any action to enforce any Charter right, the court may allow the prevailing plaintiff a reasonable attorney’s fee and expert fees. Corporations and other business entities shall not be deemed to possess any legal rights, privileges, powers or protections which would enable those entities to avoid the enforcement of these rights, or which would enable them to nullify these rights.  …<br />
</strong><br />
Supporters</p>
<p>Huschke said, in part, the amendment aims to prevent corporations from overpowering the rights of citizens through power and wealth.</p>
<p>He agreed that rights could mean some businesses would leave the city, but those likely would be big-box stores that pay low wages, he said. Locally owned establishments would replace what leaves.</p>
<p>“If you want to continue to bring outside businesses to settle in here, yeah, those jobs are going to be gone, but they’re going to be replaced by a lot better jobs,” he said.</p>
<p>Opponents</p>
<p>McCaslin said it’s easy to vilify big corporations, but small businesses make up the bulk of the local economy and they too would be challenged by the rules and be just as likely to flee Spokane.</p>
<p>“If a community has a regulation that strips you of your rights, why would you ever be here?” she said. “It really undermines our business climate here, our ability to recruit business and frankly our ability to keep businesses here.”</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/11/ce-week-6-prop-4-supporters-opponents-make-cases-oct-11th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #6:  &#8220;Surprise Nobel for Obama Stirs Praise and Doubts&#8221;  Oct. 10th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/10/ce-week-6-surprise-nobel-for-obama-stirs-praise-and-doubts-oct-10th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/10/ce-week-6-surprise-nobel-for-obama-stirs-praise-and-doubts-oct-10th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 10 Oct 2009 15:20:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1081</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[October 10, 2009
By STEVEN ERLANGER and SHERYL GAY STOLBERG
PARIS — The choice of Barack Obama on Friday as the recipient of the 2009 Nobel Peace Prize, less than nine months into his eventful presidency, was an unexpected honor that elicited praise and puzzlement around the globe.
Normally the prize has been presented, even controversially, for accomplishment. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>October 10, 2009</p>
<p>By STEVEN ERLANGER and SHERYL GAY STOLBERG</strong></p>
<p>PARIS — The choice of Barack Obama on Friday as the recipient of the 2009 Nobel Peace Prize, less than nine months into his eventful presidency, was an unexpected honor that elicited praise and puzzlement around the globe.</p>
<p>Normally the prize has been presented, even controversially, for accomplishment. This prize, to a 48-year-old freshman president, for “extraordinary efforts to strengthen international diplomacy and cooperation between peoples,” seemed a kind of prayer and encouragement by the Nobel committee for future endeavor and more consensual American leadership.</p>
<p>But the prize quickly loomed as a potential political liability — perhaps more burden than glory — for Mr. Obama. Republicans contended that he had won more for his star power and oratorical skills than for his actual achievements, and even some Democrats privately questioned whether he deserved it.</p>
<p>The Nobel committee’s embrace of Mr. Obama was viewed as a rejection of the unpopular tenure, in Europe especially, of his predecessor, George W. Bush.</p>
<p>But the committee, based in Norway, stressed that it made its decision based on Mr. Obama’s actual efforts toward nuclear disarmament as well as American engagement with the world relying more on diplomacy and dialogue.</p>
<p>“The question we have to ask is who has done the most in the previous year to enhance peace in the world,” the Nobel committee chairman, Thorbjorn Jagland, said in Oslo after the announcement. “And who has done more than Barack Obama?”</p>
<p>Still, Mr. Obama, who was described as “very surprised” when he received the news, said he himself was not quite convinced, adding that the award “deeply humbled” him.</p>
<p>“To be honest,” the president said in the Rose Garden, “I do not feel that I deserve to be in the company of so many of the transformative figures who have been honored by this prize, men and women who’ve inspired me and inspired the entire world through their courageous pursuit of peace.”</p>
<p>He said, though, that he would “accept this award as a call to action, a call for all nations to confront the challenges of the 21st century.” Mr. Obama plans to travel to Oslo to accept the award on Dec. 10. He will donate the prize money of $1.4 million to charity, the White House said.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama, only the third sitting American president to win the award, is suddenly put in the company of world leaders like Mikhail S. Gorbachev, who won for helping end the cold war, and Nelson Mandela, who sought an end to apartheid.</p>
<p>But less prominent figures have also won the award.</p>
<p>The reaction inside the administration was one of restraint, perhaps reflecting the awkwardness of winning a major prize amid a worldwide debate about whether it was deserved.</p>
<p>Republicans in Washington, reacting in disbelief, sought to portray Mr. Obama as unworthy. In an official statement, Michael Steele, chairman of the Republican National Committee, said, “The real question Americans are asking is, ‘What has President Obama actually accomplished?’ “</p>
<p>But there was much praise as well, even if Mr. Obama’s allies worried that the prize might be a liability and even if much of the praise came from Europe, giving ammunition to conservatives who say Mr. Obama cares too much about opinion there.</p>
<p>President Nicolas Sarkozy of France said the award marked “America’s return to the hearts of the world’s peoples,” while Chancellor Angela Merkel of Germany said it was an “incentive to the president and to us all” to do more for peace.</p>
<p>“In a short time he has been able to set a new tone throughout the world and to create a readiness for dialogue,” she said.</p>
<p>For a world that at times felt pushed around by a more unilateralist Bush administration, the prize for Mr. Obama seemed wrapped in gratitude for his willingness to listen and negotiate, as well as for his positions on climate change and nuclear disarmament.</p>
<p>Last year’s laureate, former President Martti Ahtisaari of Finland, saw the award as an endorsement of Mr. Obama’s goal of achieving Middle East peace.</p>
<p>“Of course, this puts pressure on Obama,” he said. “The world expects that he will also achieve something.”</p>
<p>The prize, announced as official Washington — including the president — was asleep, caught the White House off guard.</p>
<p>The first word of it came in the form of an e-mail message to the White House staff from the White House Situation Room, which monitors events worldwide around the clock, at 5:09 a.m. It carried the subject line “item of interest.”</p>
<p>Shortly before 6 a.m., the White House press secretary, Robert Gibbs, telephoned Mr. Obama, awakening him to share the news.</p>
<p>“There has been no discussion, nothing at all,” said the White House chief of staff, Rahm Emanuel.</p>
<p>The award comes at a time of considerable challenges for the president, with few sweeping achievements so far.</p>
<p>On the domestic front, he is pressing Congress to overhaul the nation’s health care system. In foreign affairs, he is wrestling with his advisers over how to chart a new course in Afghanistan and has been working, with little movement, to restart peace talks between Israelis and Palestinians.</p>
<p>The Rose Garden appearance was an example of Mr. Obama’s heavy workload; it was squeezed into a day that already included his regular intelligence and economic briefings, a private meeting with a senator, lunch with the vice president, a major speech outlining plans for a new consumer protection agency and a strategy session on Afghanistan with his national security team.</p>
<p>Announcing the award, the Nobel committee cited Mr. Obama “for his extraordinary efforts to strengthen international diplomacy and cooperation between peoples” and said that he had “created a new climate in international politics.”</p>
<p>In a four-paragraph statement, it praised Mr. Obama for his tone, his preference for negotiation and multilateral diplomacy and his vision of a cooperative world of shared values, shorn of nuclear weapons.</p>
<p>“Only very rarely has a person to the same extent as Obama captured the world’s attention and given its people hope for a better future,” the committee said. “His diplomacy is founded in the concept that those who are to lead the world must do so on the basis of values and attitudes that are shared by the majority of the world’s population.”</p>
<p>The other sitting American presidents to be given the award were Theodore Roosevelt in 1906, for negotiating an end to a war between Russia and Japan, and Woodrow Wilson in 1919, for the Treaty of Versailles.</p>
<p>Former President Jimmy Carter won in 2002 for his efforts over decades to spread peace and development. Mr. Carter called the award to Mr. Obama “a bold statement of international support for his vision and commitment.”</p>
<p>Former Vice President Al Gore won in 2007, sharing the prize with the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, for his work on climate change. Mr. Gore called Mr. Obama’s award “well deserved” on Friday.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama has generated considerable goodwill overseas, with polls showing him hugely popular, and he has made a series of speeches with arching ambition. He has vowed to pursue a world without nuclear weapons; reached out to the Muslim world, delivering a major speech in Cairo in June; and sought to restart peace talks between Israel and the Palestinians, at the expense of offending some of his Jewish supporters.</p>
<p>But he has had to devote a great deal of his time to the economic crisis and other domestic issues, and many of his policy efforts are only beginning.</p>
<p>In addition to the challenges in Afghanistan and Pakistan, the situation in Iraq is extremely fragile; North Korea has staged missile tests; Iran continues to enrich uranium in defiance of United Nations Security Council resolutions, though it recently agreed to restart nuclear talks; Israel has resisted a settlement freeze; and Saudi Arabia has refused to make new gestures toward the Israelis.</p>
<p>Ahmed Youssef, a Hamas spokesman, congratulated Mr. Obama but said the prize was based only on good intentions. Muhammad al-Sharif, a politically independent Gazan, was incredulous. “Has Israel stopped building the settlements?” he asked. “Has Obama achieved a Palestinian state yet?”</p>
<p>The Nobel committee did not tell Mr. Obama in advance of the announcement, said its chairman, Mr. Jagland. “Waking up a president in the middle of the night,” he said, “this isn’t really something you do.”<br />
<strong><br />
Steven Erlanger reported from Paris, and Sheryl Gay Stolberg from Washington. Reporting was contributed by Walter Gibbs from Oslo, Alan Cowell from London, Nicholas Kulish from Berlin, Isabel Kershner from Jerusalem, and Taghreed El-Khodary from Gaza.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/10/ce-week-6-surprise-nobel-for-obama-stirs-praise-and-doubts-oct-10th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #6:  &#8220;Obama’s Afghanistan agony&#8221; Oct. 10th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/10/ce-week-6-obama%e2%80%99s-afghanistan-agony/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/10/ce-week-6-obama%e2%80%99s-afghanistan-agony/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 10 Oct 2009 15:08:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War in Iraq]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1079</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by Charles Krauthammer
The genius of democracy is the rotation of power, which forces the opposition to be serious – particularly about things like war, about which until Jan. 20 of this year Democrats were decidedly unserious.
When the Iraq war (which a majority of Senate Democrats voted for) ran into trouble and casualties began to mount, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>by Charles Krauthammer</strong></p>
<p>The genius of democracy is the rotation of power, which forces the opposition to be serious – particularly about things like war, about which until Jan. 20 of this year Democrats were decidedly unserious.</p>
<p>When the Iraq war (which a majority of Senate Democrats voted for) ran into trouble and casualties began to mount, Democrats followed the shifting winds of public opinion and turned decidedly anti-war. But needing political cover because of their post-Vietnam reputation for weakness on national defense, they adopted Afghanistan as their pet war.</p>
<p>“I was part of the 2004 Kerry campaign, which elevated the idea of Afghanistan as ‘the right war’ to conventional Democratic wisdom,” wrote Democratic consultant Bob Shrum shortly after President Obama was elected.</p>
<p>“This was accurate as criticism of the Bush administration, but it was also reflexive and perhaps by now even misleading as policy.”</p>
<p>Which is a clever way to say that championing victory in Afghanistan was a contrived and disingenuous policy in which Democrats never seriously believed, a convenient two-by-four with which to bash George Bush over Iraq – while still appearing warlike enough to fend off the soft-on-defense stereotype.</p>
<p>Brilliantly crafted and perfectly cynical, the “Iraq war bad, Afghan war good” posture worked. Democrats first won Congress, then the White House. But now, unfortunately, they must govern. No more games. No more pretense.</p>
<p>So what does their commander in chief do now with the war he once declared had to be won but had been almost criminally under-resourced by Bush?</p>
<p>Perhaps provide the resources to win it?</p>
<p>You would think so. And that’s exactly what Obama’s handpicked commander requested on Aug. 30 – a surge of 30,000 to 40,000 troops to stabilize a downward spiral and save Afghanistan the way a similar surge saved Iraq.</p>
<p>That was more than five weeks ago. Still no response. Obama agonizes publicly as the world watches. Why? Because, explains national security adviser James Jones, you don’t commit troops before you decide on a strategy.</p>
<p>No strategy? On March 27, flanked by his secretaries of defense and state, the president said this: “Today I’m announcing a comprehensive new strategy for Afghanistan and Pakistan.” He then outlined a civilian-military counterinsurgency campaign to defeat the Taliban in Afghanistan.</p>
<p>And to emphasize his seriousness, the president made clear that he had not arrived casually at this decision. The new strategy, he declared, “marks the conclusion of a careful policy review.”</p>
<p>Conclusion, mind you. Not the beginning. Not a process. The conclusion of an extensive review, the president assured the nation, that included consultation with military commanders and diplomats, with the governments of Afghanistan and Pakistan, with our NATO allies and members of Congress.</p>
<p>The general in charge was then relieved and replaced with Obama’s own choice, Stanley McChrystal. And it’s McChrystal who submitted the request for the 40,000 troops, a request upon which the commander in chief promptly gagged.</p>
<p>The White House began leaking an alternate strategy, apparently proposed (invented?) by Vice President Joe Biden, for achieving immaculate victory with arm’s-length use of cruise missiles, Predator drones and special ops.</p>
<p>The irony is that no one knows more about this kind of warfare than Gen. McChrystal. He was in charge of exactly this kind of “counterterrorism” in Iraq for nearly five years, killing thousands of bad guys in hugely successful under-the-radar operations.</p>
<p>When the world’s expert on this type of counterterrorism warfare recommends precisely the opposite strategy – “counterinsurgency,” meaning a heavy-footprint, population-protecting troop surge – you have the most convincing of cases against counterterrorism by the man who most knows its potential and its limits. And McChrystal was emphatic in his recommendation: To go any other way than counterinsurgency would lose the war.</p>
<p>Yet his commander in chief, young Hamlet, frets, demurs, agonizes. His domestic advisers, led by Rahm Emanuel, tell him if he goes for victory, he’ll become LBJ, the domestic visionary destroyed by a foreign war. His vice president holds out the chimera of painless counterterrorism success.</p>
<p>Against Emanuel and Biden stand David Petraeus, the world’s foremost expert on counterinsurgency (he saved Iraq with it), and Stanley McChrystal, the world’s foremost expert on counterterrorism. Whose recommendation on how to fight would you rely on?</p>
<p>Less than two months ago – Aug. 17 in front of an audience of veterans – the president declared Afghanistan to be “a war of necessity.” Does anything he says remain operative beyond the fading of the audience applause?<br />
<strong><br />
Charles Krauthammer is a columnist for the Washington Post Writers Group. His e-mail address is letters@charleskrauthammer.com. </strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/10/ce-week-6-obama%e2%80%99s-afghanistan-agony/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #5:  &#8220;Heart of Darkness?&#8221;  Oct. 5th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-heart-of-darkness-oct-5th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-heart-of-darkness-oct-5th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2009 01:29:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Polls]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Supreme Court]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1048</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Inside the Supremes&#8217; new term.
By Dahlia Lithwick &#124; NEWSWEEK 
Published Sep 24, 2009  From the magazine issue dated Oct 5, 2009
Next week the Supreme Court will begin its 2009 term, secure in the knowledge that it remains completely misunderstood by the American public. A Gallup poll conducted in September showed the court&#8217;s current approval [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Inside the Supremes&#8217; new term.</p>
<p>By Dahlia Lithwick | NEWSWEEK </p>
<p>Published Sep 24, 2009  From the magazine issue dated Oct 5, 2009</strong></p>
<p>Next week the Supreme Court will begin its 2009 term, secure in the knowledge that it remains completely misunderstood by the American public. A Gallup poll conducted in September showed the court&#8217;s current approval rating—61 percent—to be higher than it&#8217;s been in a decade. (Last year that number was 50 percent.) This fall, 50 percent of Americans believe the court is not too liberal or too conservative; that&#8217;s up from 43 percent last year. The number of Americans who believe the court is too conservative has dropped from 30 to 19 percent.</p>
<p>All this public admiration for the court&#8217;s moderation came the same week the court was hearing a campaign-finance-reform case that may dismantle a longstanding system of campaign-finance restrictions. The issue in Citizens United v. Federal Elections Commission is not limited to the constitutionality of the McCain-Feingold campaign-finance-reform law. The reason court watchers got so worked up about this case is that it squarely tests Chief Justice John Roberts&#8217;s stated commitments to preserving precedent, deferring to the elected branches, and issuing narrow rulings instead of sweeping ones. Oral arguments revealed that the court&#8217;s five conservatives feel nothing but contempt for campaign-finance regulations that demonize corporations, restrict core political speech, and—to quote the chief justice—&#8221;put our First Amendment rights in the hands of FEC bureaucrats.&#8221;</p>
<p>But that&#8217;s where the public confusion kicks in. In last term&#8217;s cases on voting rights, reverse discrimination, and a school strip search, the court opted for narrow, case-specific rulings rather than the sweeping ones foreshadowed by dramatic oral arguments. All this hardly means the 2008 term was a triumph for liberals at the high court. On balance, the term continued a clear trend in which big business always prevails, environmentalists are always buried, female and elderly workers go unprotected, death-row inmates get the needle, and criminal defendants are shown the door. So how to explain these new poll numbers showing that 49 percent of Republicans believe the Roberts Court is too liberal and 59 percent of Democrats believe the court is &#8220;about right&#8221;?</p>
<p>In part, the numbers reflect a focus on the wrong data; we continue to believe in the court we see on TV. Thus, the highly charged confirmation hearings of Justice Sonia Sotomayor this summer contributed to the idea that the court was swinging leftward, even though it&#8217;s clear that her substitution for Justice David Souter will do nothing to alter the balance of the court (indeed, she is generally expected to move the court to the right in some areas of criminal law). Similarly, the refusal of the court to go all the way in the big-banner civil-rights cases last year leads to the broad perception that the court is quite liberal.</p>
<p>To be sure, progressives who claim that the court&#8217;s eventual ruling in September&#8217;s campaign-finance fracas will conclusively reveal the heart of darkness that lurks inside the Roberts Court are also overstating their case. It&#8217;s true that the Roberts Court is a fundamentally conservative creature and will remain that way for the foreseeable future. But as we learned yet again last term, it&#8217;s also a court that is deeply aware of, even responsive to, public opinion. This is a court willing to reverse the Warren revolution with a tablespoon instead of a wrecking ball, and that may be too nuanced an approach to be captured in public-opinion polls.</p>
<p>The term that opens next week promises to provide another fistful of cases that will slowly deepen our understanding of the Roberts Court. Among them: yet another challenge to a cross on government property (raising questions about who has standing to be offended by religious symbols); a dispute over the constitutionality of a federal statute criminalizing depictions of animal cruelty; questions about whether juveniles may be sentenced to life without parole; another hot eminent-domain case; and maybe even a quarrel over whether the name &#8220;Washington Redskins&#8221; is offensive. If the tea leaves are correct, we may also see another confirmation hearing next summer.</p>
<p>As a generation raised on a constant diet of reality television and the inevitable &#8220;big reveal,&#8221; we will continue to look to the high drama of oral argument and the staged fireworks of judicial-confirmation hearings for our views about the Supreme Court. What really happens at the high court in the coming years will continue to occur by the tablespoon—even if we are too busy with imagined wrecking balls to see it.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-heart-of-darkness-oct-5th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #5:  &#8220;Health Overhaul Is Drawing Close to Floor Debate&#8221;  Oct 4th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-health-overhaul-is-drawing-close-to-floor-debate-oct-4th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-health-overhaul-is-drawing-close-to-floor-debate-oct-4th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2009 00:15:41 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1054</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[October 4, 2009
By ROBERT PEAR and DAVID M. HERSZENHORN
WASHINGTON — With the Senate Finance Committee set to approve its health care bill this week, Democrats are tantalizingly close to bringing legislation that would make sweeping changes in the nation’s health care system to the floor of both houses of Congress.
Party leaders still face immense political [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>October 4, 2009</p>
<p>By ROBERT PEAR and DAVID M. HERSZENHORN</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON — With the Senate Finance Committee set to approve its health care bill this week, Democrats are tantalizingly close to bringing legislation that would make sweeping changes in the nation’s health care system to the floor of both houses of Congress.</p>
<p>Party leaders still face immense political and policy challenges as they combine rival proposals — two bills in the Senate and three in the House. But the broad contours of the legislation are in place: millions of uninsured Americans would get subsidized health benefits, and the government would move to slow the growth of health spending.</p>
<p>Senior Democrats said they were increasingly confident that a bill would pass this year. “I am Scandinavian, and we don’t like to overstate anything,” said Senator Kent Conrad, Democrat of North Dakota and an architect of the Finance Committee bill. “But I have a solid feeling about the direction of events.”</p>
<p>President Obama, in his weekly address on Saturday, noted Friday’s dismal unemployment numbers and said the health care overhaul would bolster small businesses and create jobs.</p>
<p>Mr. Obama called the overhaul “a critical step in rebuilding our economy” and said he was working with his economic advisers “to explore additional options to promote job creation.”</p>
<p>Step by difficult step, the legislative process is lurching forward. Proponents say they see some momentum — more than they saw in Congress 15 years ago, when President Bill Clinton’s plan for universal health coverage collapsed.</p>
<p>As Senate Democrats try to secure the 60 votes needed to overcome a possible Republican <strong>filibuster</strong>, intricate details and big hurdles stand in their way. Republicans have said they will fight the legislation at every turn.</p>
<p>The policy challenges are also daunting. In the space of one year, the Democrats are trying to restructure one-sixth of the economy, writing a bill that will affect almost every American, every business and every doctor and hospital in the country.</p>
<p>Three House committees approved health care bills in July, as did the Senate health panel. After hearing from constituents in August — some furious, some pleading for change — many Democrats returned to the Capitol determined to plow ahead. They were also emboldened by Mr. Obama’s speech to Congress on Sept. 9 that cast the legislation as a moral and political imperative.</p>
<p><strong>The Finance Committee</strong> is expected to approve its bill this week, after receiving cost estimates from the Congressional Budget Office. And while the panel made numerous changes over seven days of public debate, the core components of its more centrist proposal, developed in months of bipartisan talks, are still intact.</p>
<p>After the committee votes, a new, potentially more perilous phase will begin as party leaders put together the final proposals they will take to the floor of the Senate and the House.</p>
<p>These are some of the huge issues that remain:</p>
<p>¶The major House and Senate bills would require most Americans to carry insurance. This individual <strong>mandate</strong> could touch off an angry public reaction, especially if the penalties for violations are taxes collected by the Internal Revenue Service. Many lawmakers want to minimize the penalties.</p>
<p>¶Whether the government should require employers to provide health benefits to their employees, or pay a penalty, is still an open question. Liberal Democrats say yes. Moderate Democrats are unsure. Republicans are generally opposed.</p>
<p>¶Lawmakers have not decided how to pay for the legislation, expected to cost about $900 billion over 10 years, though they insist that it will not add to the deficit. The House has proposed a surtax on high-income people, while the Senate proposed an excise tax on high-cost insurance plans.</p>
<p>¶Democrats are divided over whether to create a government insurance company to compete with private insurers. The more liberal House will probably not pass a health care bill without such a <strong>public insurance option</strong>, while the Senate appears unlikely to pass one with it.</p>
<p>¶Lawmakers are looking for ways to provide more generous subsidies to help low- and middle-income people buy insurance. Many Democrats and some Republicans, like Senator Olympia J. Snowe of Maine, insist that insurance must be affordable if people are required to buy it.</p>
<p>¶While Congressional leaders say they want to curb the explosive growth of health costs, it is unclear whether the final bill will make a serious effort to do so. Every proposal meets resistance from health care providers who fear a loss of income, even as they stand to gain millions of paying customers if nearly everyone has insurance.</p>
<p>Mr. Conrad said that even some Republicans seemed to recognize the likelihood that Congress would pass major health care legislation this year. “I thought there was an air of resignation that settled over our colleagues on the other side of the aisle,” he said.</p>
<p>But Senator Lamar Alexander of Tennessee, the No. 3 Republican in the Senate, predicted that opposition would grow. “It would be very difficult for a bill like the Finance Committee bill to pass the Senate,” he said. “There is nothing inevitable about such a bill. There is nothing predictable about the Senate floor.”</p>
<p>Republicans are not waiting for the finished product and have unleashed a barrage of criticism. In addition to expanding government and raising taxes, they say, the Democratic plans will hurt older Americans by cutting Medicare, intrude on personal freedom by forcing people to buy insurance and impose new costs on states by expanding Medicaid.</p>
<p>Democrats said that once the Finance Committee acts this week, they will be closer than ever to carrying out a major overhaul of the health care system — a goal that has eluded presidents and Congress for more than a half-century. </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-health-overhaul-is-drawing-close-to-floor-debate-oct-4th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #5:  &#8220;Rio Wins 2016 Olympics in a First for South America&#8221;  Oct. 3rd</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-rio-wins-2016-olympics-in-a-first-for-south-america-oct-3rd/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-rio-wins-2016-olympics-in-a-first-for-south-america-oct-3rd/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Oct 2009 20:15:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1052</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[October 3, 2009
By JULIET MACUR
COPENHAGEN — When Rio de Janeiro was elected host city for the 2016 Olympic Games on Friday, the room where its bid team gathered turned into a boisterous party with members in uniform navy or moss green blazers hugging, dancing, crying and waving Brazilian flags. The bid leader, Carlos Arthur Nuzman, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>October 3, 2009</p>
<p>By JULIET MACUR</strong></p>
<p>COPENHAGEN — When Rio de Janeiro was elected host city for the 2016 Olympic Games on Friday, the room where its bid team gathered turned into a boisterous party with members in uniform navy or moss green blazers hugging, dancing, crying and waving Brazilian flags. The bid leader, Carlos Arthur Nuzman, yelled, “We did it! We did it!”</p>
<p>Rio and Chicago had gone into the day considered the favorites, ahead of Tokyo and Madrid. But by the time Rio was chosen by the International Olympic Committee to become the first South American city to host the Olympics, the Chicago delegation and its star-studded supporters were nowhere in sight.</p>
<p>They had already left the building.</p>
<p>Despite the support of President Obama, who flew in specifically to address the I.O.C. voters, Chicago finished last, out of the running in the first round of voting, with a paltry 18 of a total 94 votes. Tokyo received 22, with Rio getting 26 and Madrid 28. In each round, until one city gains a majority, the low vote-getter is eliminated. After Chicago was tossed aside, nearly all of its votes went straight to Rio in the second round. In the third, after Tokyo was eliminated, Rio won handily, 66-32.</p>
<p>The chance to bring the Olympics to a continent that had never hosted the Games worked in Rio’s favor. During its presentation, the bid team showed a graphic of the world and marked all the places that have held an Olympics. South America was glaringly bare.</p>
<p>“There was absolutely no flaw in the bid,” the I.O.C. president, Jacques Rogge, said.</p>
<p>Chicago officials had worked nearly four years and spent nearly $50 million to bring the Summer Olympics to the United States for the first time since the 1996 Atlanta Games. There were many possible explanations for Chicago’s spectacular failure, but little consensus.</p>
<p>Some pointed to the regional bloc voting in the treacherous first round. Others said some voters, assuming Chicago was a lock to advance because of the presence of Mr. Obama and his wife, Michelle, might have taken their early votes elsewhere. Many also blamed the rocky relationship between the United States Olympic Committee and the I.O.C.</p>
<p>Others said there was no explaining it.</p>
<p>“Everybody was shocked at that result,” said Rene Fasel, an I.O.C. member from Switzerland, regarding Chicago’s first-round ouster. “Everybody expected Chicago and Rio, everybody. It was really strange, and I feel really sorry. If it would have been Chicago and Rio in the end, it would have been much closer.”</p>
<p>Anita DeFrantz, one of two I.O.C. members from the United States, said she could not believe how the vote unfolded, particularly after the Obamas’ visit. “I hate the fact that these elegant people were here and then our country got treated that way,” she said.</p>
<p>Beyond showing an apparent indifference to the United States’ star power, the I.O.C. vote was interpreted as a repudiation of the U.S.O.C., which has been in upheaval over the past year and has struggled to gain a favorable standing within the I.O.C.</p>
<p>“It was a defeat for the U.S.O.C., not for Chicago,” said Denis Oswald, an I.O.C. member from Switzerland.</p>
<p>Mr. Oswald said that 10 to 15 fellow I.O.C. members had approached him recently wanting to discuss issues related to the U.S.O.C. He said that changes in U.S.O.C. leadership “has not helped,” either, and that it was clear that the Chicago bid and the U.S.O.C. were not united. Stephanie Streeter, the acting chief executive of the U.S.O.C., and Larry Probst, the committee’s chairman, have taken their posts in the last year and have run into problems with the I.O.C., most notably over their stalled plan for an Olympic television network and their share of the Games’ network and corporate sponsorship contracts.</p>
<p>“The United States, within the Olympic movement, hasn’t engaged as well as we could have for a long time,” said Robert Ctvrtlik, the U.S.O.C. vice president for international relations. “There’s a lot of politics going on. This isn’t just on the merits. I don’t think it’s anti-American. Maybe we still don’t have the horsepower to do some of the politicking within the movement.”</p>
<p>For the first time, a United States president met with the I.O.C. on behalf of an American bid — which U.S.O.C. officials called the country’s strongest bid ever — but that was not enough. This followed New York City’s failed bid for the 2012 Summer Games, a second-round exit after winning only 19 votes.</p>
<p>“All we know is that the first round is always the most dangerous and obviously we didn’t have a large region of support,” Chicago’s bid leader, Patrick G. Ryan, said. “We wanted to bring home the victory and we didn’t. It wasn’t our day.”</p>
<p>On his flight back to Washington on Friday, Mr. Obama said he was disappointed about Chicago’s finish.</p>
<p>“I have no doubt that it was the strongest bid possible and I’m proud that I was able to come in and help make that case in person,” Mr. Obama said after arriving back in Washington.</p>
<p>In Rio, officials declared a holiday for city and state employees. While tens of thousands of people had begun the celebration on the city’s Copacabana beach, where people dressed in shorts and bikinis jumped to samba music, the scene was different earlier in Chicago.</p>
<p>All over the city, people responded to the city’s elimination with astonished silence, blank looks and questions. The word there had been that Chicago would survive at least until a late round of voting, if not win. Planned celebrations at schools, parks and restaurants ended abruptly Friday morning.</p>
<p>“It’s sad,” said Marshall Burt, a lawyer, as he stood in Daley Plaza, in the heart of Chicago’s Loop, where thousands had gathered for what they expected to be a victory rally. “But I think probably the world is still not real keen on America.” He added later, “Chicago may still have the image of gangsters and corruption.”</p>
<p>The I.O.C. member Kevan Gosper, of Australia, said the few votes cast for Chicago could have been an accident. “There might have been an effort on the part of the Asian group to protect Tokyo in the first round,” he said.</p>
<p>Richard W. Pound, an I.O.C. member from Canada, said that Chicago might have been eliminated early on purpose. “I think there were a lot of people saying, if we don’t get it, we’ll support you, but we’ve got to stop Chicago,” he said. “That’s sport politics, not anything else. It’s election management. The Europeans and the Asians are much better at this than we are.”</p>
<p>Some members of the Olympic movement in the United States said they were bracing for this moment.</p>
<p>Skip Gilbert, the chief executive of USA Triathlon and the chairman of the National Governing Bodies Association, said he planned to meet with other executives at national governing bodies to decide what to do next. One option would be to recommend a change in leadership, he said.</p>
<p>“I think it comes down to when you have a leadership that has no real connection to the Olympic movement before they walk into their roles, what would you expect that they’re going to be able to do in terms of being leaders of an Olympic movement?” he said. “Unfortunately it seems like — and the vote kind of confirms it — that we were doomed to fail from the beginning.”</p>
<p>Still, Chicago planned for victory. The bid team reserved a hall in downtown here, where they had planned to celebrate with about 500 supporters. When the team arrived, the crowd began singing “The Star-Spangled Banner,” said Michael Plant, a U.S.O.C. board member here as part of Chicago’s delegation.</p>
<p>Geography, though, was Rio’s strongest point. It helped the city overcome concerns about security in the Brazilian city. There were also concerns that the country would be overextended because it is hosting the 2014 World Cup.</p>
<p>It helped Rio that the I.O.C. has a history of trying to effect change with its choices for bid cities. The committee awarded the 2008 Summer Games to Beijing, hoping to help open China to the world. In 1981, it gave the 1988 Summer Games to Seoul to help usher in a civilian government.</p>
<p>By choosing Rio, it could help the country develop faster and could bring an entire continent of people closer to the Olympic movement.</p>
<p>“Today is the most emotional day in my life, the most exciting day of my life,” President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva of Brazil said. “I’ve never felt more pride in Brazil. Now, we are going to show the world we can be a great country. We aren’t the United States, but we are getting there, and we will get there.”</p>
<p>Monica Davey contributed reporting from Chicago; Alexei Barrionuevo from Rio de Janeiro; and Richard Sandomir, Katie Thomas and Lynn Zinser from New York.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-rio-wins-2016-olympics-in-a-first-for-south-america-oct-3rd/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>36</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #5:  &#8220;Jobs Report Highlights Shaky U.S. Recovery&#8221;  Oct. 3rd</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-jobs-report-highlights-shaky-u-s-recovery-oct-3rd/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-jobs-report-highlights-shaky-u-s-recovery-oct-3rd/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Oct 2009 20:09:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1050</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[October 3, 2009
By PETER S. GOODMAN
After several months in which the American economy flashed tentative signs of improvement, a sobering report on the national job market released on Friday amplified worries that a lengthy period of lean times lay ahead.
The economy shed 263,000 jobs in September, and the unemployment rate edged up to 9.8 percent [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>October 3, 2009</p>
<p>By PETER S. GOODMAN</strong></p>
<p>After several months in which the American economy flashed tentative signs of improvement, a sobering report on the national job market released on Friday amplified worries that a lengthy period of lean times lay ahead.</p>
<p>The economy shed 263,000 jobs in September, and the unemployment rate edged up to 9.8 percent from 9.7 percent in August, according to the Labor Department’s monthly snapshot of the employment picture.</p>
<p>Though the job market worsened, the pace of deterioration remained markedly slower than during the early months of the year, when roughly 700,000 jobs a month were disappearing. That improvement seems consistent with the widespread belief that the recession has given way to economic growth. Yet the report also buttressed fears that economic expansion would be weak and hesitant, with scarce paychecks and economic anxiety remaining prominent features of American life well into next year.</p>
<p>“This is a weak report,” said Stuart G. Hoffman, chief economist at the PNC Financial Services Group in Pittsburgh. “The rate of job loss has tapered off, but we still haven’t reached the point where businesses are willing to hire.”</p>
<p>The Labor Department also made a preliminary revision in its survey of private employers that indicated the job market shrank even more during the recession. The department disclosed that in March this year the economy held 824,000 fewer jobs than previously reported, making an already bleak picture worse.</p>
<p>The endurance of hard times seems likely to increase pressure on the Obama administration and Congress to consider another dose of spending aimed at stimulating the economy, even as the government grapples with deficits projected by some economists to exceed $10 trillion over the next decade.</p>
<p>Despite a $787 billion stimulus package adopted early this year and aimed in part at shoring up state and local coffers, government jobs slipped by 53,000 in September.</p>
<p>“That’s the budget crunch hitting,” said Dean Baker, co-director of the Center for Economic and Policy Research in Washington. “We’re still losing jobs at a very rapid pace. We’re still looking at an economy with a lot of weakness.”</p>
<p>For millions of unemployed people, the latest data merely confirms something they have come to understand intimately, through the discouraging process of seeking work.</p>
<p>“There’s nothing out there,” said Jerry Lamirande, a technology systems engineer in Amarillo, Tex., who has been without a job since April 2008.</p>
<p>During the technology boom of the late 1990s, Mr. Lamirande, 62, worked for I.B.M., where he drew a salary of about $130,000. After a layoff seven years ago, he has earned about $70,000 a year as a technology consultant working on contract.</p>
<p>Since the spring, he and his wife have lived on her modest salary as a public school teacher and on hardship withdrawals from his retirement account. He has searched nationwide for his next contract, willing to relocate.</p>
<p>“I’ve got to go where the opportunities are,” he said. “The problem is, there aren’t many opportunities.”</p>
<p>The latest jobs report lent credence to that contention. The unemployment rate continued to inch toward double digits, a level last seen in June 1983. The so-called underemployment rate (which includes people whose hours have been cut, and those working part-time for lack of full-time positions, along with the jobless) reached 17 percent, the highest level since the government began tracking it in 1994.</p>
<p>More jobs were lost last month, at 263,000, than were lost in August, as the Labor Department revised the August decline to 201,000 jobs from the 216,000 it initially reported.</p>
<p>Health care remained a rare bright spot, adding 19,000 jobs in September, but construction jobs slipped by 64,000, manufacturing declined by 51,000 and retail lost 39,000 jobs.</p>
<p>Most economists assume the economy expanded at an annual pace of about three percent from July through September. But debate focuses on the vigor and staying power of the recovery.</p>
<p>Optimists anticipate a robust bounce-back from what now stands as the longest recession since the Great Depression. But most economists expect a sustained slog through high rates of joblessness.</p>
<p>The economic improvement in recent months largely stems from businesses cutting inventories at a slower pace. As some companies begin to rebuild stocks, the impact could wash through the economy for a few more months, adding jobs and moderating the overall decline.</p>
<p>Then the underlying weakness of the economy will probably reassert itself, say experts. After years of borrowing against homes and cashing in stock to spend in excess of their incomes, many Americans are tapped out. Austerity and saving have replaced spending and investment in many households, constraining the economy.</p>
<p>As many Americans transition from living on home equity loans to sustaining themselves on paychecks, weekly pay continues to effectively shrink: Over the last year, average hourly earnings for rank-and-file workers — some 80 percent of the labor force — have increased by 2.5 percent. But average weekly earnings have expanded by only 0.7 percent, less than the increase in the cost of living, because employers have slashed working hours.</p>
<p>In September, the average workweek edged down by one-tenth of an hour, to 33 hours.</p>
<p>For those out of work, the job market looks harsher now than at any point in the recession. The number of people who have been jobless for more than six months increased in September by 450,000, reaching 5.4 million.</p>
<p>“We have a truly massive crisis of long-term unemployment,” said Christine L. Owens, executive director of the National Employment Law Project in a statement, adding that nearly 400,000 jobless people had exhausted their unemployment benefits by the end of September. “Today’s employment report is a marching order for Congress to pass unemployment benefit extensions to all states, quickly.”</p>
<p>The first signs of improvement are likely to be seen among temporary workers, say experts, as companies now hunkering down in the face of uncertain prospects take tentative steps to expand.</p>
<p>But temporary help services lost 1,700 jobs in September.</p>
<p>“Companies are extremely cautious,” said Roy G. Krause, chief executive of Spherion, a recruiting and staffing company based in Fort Lauderdale, Fla.</p>
<p>All of which translates into continued apprehension in many households.</p>
<p>“It’s terrifying,” said Stephanie Wheeler, 56, of Elizabeth, N.J., who has drained her savings to $800 in the year since she lost her job at a data-processing company, rendering her ability to pay the rent on her apartment uncertain.</p>
<p>“I’ve been here for eight years,” she said. “I don’t know what’s going to happen. I’m petrified of being set out on the street.”<br />
<strong><br />
Jack Healy contributed reporting.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-jobs-report-highlights-shaky-u-s-recovery-oct-3rd/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #5:  &#8220;EPA unveils climate change proposal&#8221;  Oct. 1st</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-epa-unveils-climate-change-proposal-oct-1st/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-epa-unveils-climate-change-proposal-oct-1st/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Oct 2009 18:42:40 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Institutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Science]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Environment]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1042</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If Congress fails to act, agency plans to proceed
Jim Tankersley / Tribune Washington bureau
Tags: climate change Environmental Protection Agency global warming
WASHINGTON – The Environmental Protection Agency on Wednesday unveiled a detailed proposal for using the government’s regulatory powers to curb greenhouse gas emissions – reassuring foreign allies on the U.S. commitment to fight climate change [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>If Congress fails to act, agency plans to proceed<br />
Jim Tankersley / Tribune Washington bureau</strong></p>
<p>Tags: climate change Environmental Protection Agency global warming</p>
<p>WASHINGTON – <strong>The Environmental Protection Agency</strong> on Wednesday unveiled a detailed proposal for using the government’s regulatory powers to curb greenhouse gas emissions – reassuring foreign allies on the U.S. commitment to fight <strong>climate change</strong> and warning Congress that the administration will act on its own if lawmakers fail to address the issue.</p>
<p>The proposed regulations would apply to large-scale industrial sources of heat-trapping gases, including power plants, factories and refineries, but not to smaller sources, such as new schools, as some critics of the EPA action had feared.</p>
<p>The rules would force new – or substantially modified – industrial emitters to employ “best available control technologies and energy efficiency measures” to minimize greenhouse-gas emissions, a tougher standard than the one applied to many emitters now.</p>
<p>The EPA action, along with the formal unveiling of proposed legislation in the Senate, stoked optimism among environmentalists and others who have voiced concern that the chances for agreement at a global warming conference in Copenhagen could be reduced if leaders of other countries concluded the U.S. was not prepared to take the kinds of steps it has urged other developed nations to take.</p>
<p>“We are not going to continue with business as usual while we wait for Congress to act,” EPA Administrator Lisa P. Jackson told a climate conference in Los Angeles. She said the proposal “allows us to do what <strong>the Clean Air Act</strong> does best – reduce emissions for better health, drive technology innovation for a better economy, and protect the environment for a better future – all without placing an undue burden on the businesses that make up the better part of our economy.”</p>
<p>EPA officials unveiled the proposal as international climate negotiators gathered in Bangkok to prepare for global warming treaty talks in Copenhagen in December.</p>
<p>The EPA rules would mimic how the agency forces power plants and factories to install “scrubbers” and other means of limiting many types of air pollutants.</p>
<p>But it’s unclear exactly how that would apply in the case of greenhouse gases, which scientists blame for climate change. Researchers are still studying and have yet to deploy a commercial-scale method to capture and store carbon emissions from coal plants, for example.</p>
<p>The EPA proposal, which must now move through a lengthy process of comments and reviews, is likely to encounter legal challenges.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/04/ce-week-5-epa-unveils-climate-change-proposal-oct-1st/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #5:  &#8220;Gun control case to get court’s ear&#8221;  Oct. 1st</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/03/ce-week-5-gun-control-case-to-get-court%e2%80%99s-ear-oct-1st/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/03/ce-week-5-gun-control-case-to-get-court%e2%80%99s-ear-oct-1st/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Oct 2009 00:47:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crime]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Supreme Court]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1044</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Hearing could test reach of Second Amendment
Robert Barnes / Washington Post
Tags: gun rights u.s. supreme court
Associated Press The Supreme Court sits for a group photograph Tuesday ahead of the new session. The justices are: Samuel Alito Jr., Ruth Bader Ginsburg, Stephen Breyer, Sonia Sotomayor, Anthony M. Kennedy, John Paul Stevens, Chief Justice John G. Roberts, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Hearing could test reach of Second Amendment<br />
Robert Barnes / Washington Post</strong></p>
<p>Tags: gun rights u.s. supreme court</p>
<p><strong>Associated Press The Supreme Court sits for a group photograph Tuesday ahead of the new session. The justices are: Samuel Alito Jr., Ruth Bader Ginsburg, Stephen Breyer, Sonia Sotomayor, Anthony M. Kennedy, John Paul Stevens, Chief Justice John G. Roberts, Antonin Scalia and Clarence Thomas.</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON – <strong>The Supreme Court</strong> set up a historic decision on gun control Wednesday, saying it will rule whether restrictive state and local laws violate <strong>the Second Amendment</strong> right to gun ownership that it recognized last year.</p>
<p>The landmark 2008 decision to strike down the District of Columbia’s ban on handgun possession was the first time the court had said the amendment grants an individual right to own a gun for self-defense. But the 5-to-4 opinion in District of Columbia v. Heller did not address the question of whether the Second Amendment extends beyond the federal government and federal enclaves such as Washington, D.C.</p>
<p>Most court observers think that the five justices who recognized the individual right will also find that <strong>the Second Amendment applies to state and local governments</strong>, a move that could spark challenges of state and local laws governing gun registration, how and when the weapons can be carried, and storage requirements.</p>
<p>The court will hear a challenge of handgun laws in Chicago and the neighboring village of Oak Park, Ill. It was filed by Alexandria, Va. attorney Alan Gura, who successfully argued the Heller case. He said the Chicago ban is “identical” to the one found unconstitutional in the District.</p>
<p>The announcement came as the court prepared for its new term, which will officially begin on Monday. Justices sifted through more than 2,000 petitions accumulated through the summer and selected 10 to hear.</p>
<p>Also on the list was an examination of an anti-terrorism statute, widely used by federal prosecutors, that bans material support to groups that the State Department designates as terrorism organizations.</p>
<p>Solicitor General Elena Kagan told the court that the law is a “vital part of the nation’s effort to fight international terrorism,” but a lower court said some of the statute was unconstitutionally vague.</p>
<p>The decision to accept the Chicago gun case was a natural progression from the decision in Heller, which split the court on ideological grounds. <strong>The liberal justices said the Second Amendment guaranteed only a collective right for gun ownership to maintain militias.</strong></p>
<p>If the amendment is extended, the next question will be about the kind of restrictions allowed. The Heller opinion by <strong>Justice Antonin Scalia </strong>said some requirements would be constitutional, but it was not specific.</p>
<p>Gura hopes for a “definitive ruling” on Chicago’s restrictions, and said he thinks that at a minimum the court would strike the same kind of handgun ban it found objectionable in Washington.</p>
<p>But gun-control advocates played down the importance of the case, saying few states or municipalities had such restrictive laws. Only a handful of states do not protect gun ownership in their constitutions, and 33 filed a brief advocating that the court find that the Second Amendment applies to them.</p>
<p>“Even if the court were to hold the Second Amendment applicable to states and localities, such a ruling is unlikely to change the crucial holding by the Supreme Court in Heller that a wide range of reasonable gun laws are presumptively constitutional, and that the Second Amendment right is narrowly limited to guns in the home for self-defense,” said Paul Helmke, president of the Brady Campaign to Prevent Gun Violence.</p>
<p>The method by which the court might apply the Second Amendment is what interests constitutional scholars. <strong>The Bill of Rights</strong> originally was thought to be a restriction on the federal government, a perception furthered by a 19th Century court ruling that differentiated between state and federal rights.</p>
<p>Since then, the court has gradually applied most of the 10 amendments to the states in <strong>a process called “incorporation,”</strong> but not the Second Amendment.</p>
<p>Gura is supported by liberal and conservative scholars who say the issue should be taken care of by the post-Civil War <strong>14th Amendment</strong>, which says a state may not “abridge the privileges and immunities” of citizens nor deprive liberty “without due process of law.”</p>
<p>Clark Neily, a senior lawyer at the conservative Institute for Justice, said in a statement: <strong>“This case is about more than guns – it is about whether the Supreme Court should interpret the Constitution as the powerful protection of liberty it was intended to be.</strong> His organization sees the “privileges and immunities” clause as a protector of “economic liberty” and “armed self-defense.”</p>
<p>Liberal scholars such as Doug Kendall of the Constitutional Accountability Center consider the clause an “explicit protection for substantive liberty that would reinforce the constitutional underpinnings of <strong>Roe v. Wade</strong> and the court’s ruling protecting sexual autonomy for gays and lesbians.”</p>
<p><strong>Justice Sonia Sotomayor</strong> was part of a panel on the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 2nd Circuit that said in an unrelated case that only the Supreme Court could decide whether the Second Amendment applies beyond the federal confines. Because the court accepted the case from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 7th Circuit, she is free to participate.</p>
<p>The case is <strong>McDonald v. Chicago</strong>. The earliest it would be argued is Jan. 11.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/10/03/ce-week-5-gun-control-case-to-get-court%e2%80%99s-ear-oct-1st/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #4:  &#8220;U.S., allies to pressure Iran&#8221;  Sept. 27th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-u-s-allies-to-pressure-iran-sept-27th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-u-s-allies-to-pressure-iran-sept-27th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2009 14:55:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1019</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Talks will address new nuclear facility
 Glenn Kessler      / Washington Post 

At talks scheduled for Thursday in Geneva with Iran, the United States and five other major powers will demand immediate and unfettered access to the newly exposed nuclear facility in Iran, including access to people and documents involved in its [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h5><em><strong>Talks will address new nuclear facility</strong></em></h5>
<div><span> <em><strong>Glenn Kessler      / Washington Post </strong></em></span></div>
<div id="story-body">
<p>At talks scheduled for Thursday in Geneva with Iran, the United States and five other major powers will demand immediate and unfettered access to the newly exposed nuclear facility in Iran, including access to people and documents involved in its construction, and they will insist that Tehran abide by international rules to reveal such projects before construction begins, Obama administration officials said Saturday.</p>
<p>Diplomats will also insist that Iran undertake confidence-building measures, including answering questions about suspected efforts to develop nuclear weapons and accepting a timetable for serious negotiations. Officials said there is no stated deadline, but that if Iran fails to respond seriously by year’s end, the United States and its partners could begin to push for crippling sanctions targeting Iran’s economic and financial links to the world.</p>
<p>In the wake of the discovery of the facility near the holy city of Qom, “it is now a choice for Iran, and the choice became starker,” said a senior administration official, speaking on the condition of anonymity. As an inducement for cooperation, the United States and other powers have offered economic and diplomatic incentives if Iran reins in its nuclear ambitions.</p>
<p>Iranian officials declared Saturday that they notified the <em><strong>International Atomic Energy Agency</strong></em> about the facility in a timely fashion and that IAEA inspectors are welcome to visit it, though they did not say when, or whether they will be able to set up monitoring equipment. Ali Akbar Salehi, the head of Iran’s Atomic Energy Organization, denounced the reaction from the United States and other Western powers. “Their embarrassing reaction and their unbalanced response has shocked us,” he told state television.</p>
<p>In his weekly radio address, President Barack Obama emphasized the importance of the showdown at Geneva’s historic Hotel de Ville, which will also include diplomats from the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Russia and China – and <em><strong>will mark the first diplomatic encounter between Iran and the Obama administration.</strong></em></p>
<p>“This is a serious challenge to the global nonproliferation regime and continues a disturbing pattern of Iranian evasion,” Obama said. “That is why international negotiations with Iran scheduled for Oct. 1 now take on added urgency.”</p>
<p>“We are hopeful that, in preparing for the meeting on Oct. 1, Iran comes and shares with all of us what they are willing to do and gives us a timetable on which they are willing to proceed,” <em><strong>Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton</strong></em> told reporters Saturday after meeting with Arab foreign ministers on the sidelines of the U.N. General Assembly.</p>
<p>Iran, which as a signatory to the <em><strong>Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty</strong></em> has a right to enrich uranium, has already signaled that it intends to dismiss questions about the Qom facility as a legalistic dispute of little importance. Salehi said that it was hidden to protect it from possible attacks and that Iran had actually been overly cautious within the framework of the IAEA rules. “We have to inform the agency of the building of nuclear facilities 180 days before insertion of nuclear fuel, but we informed them even sooner,” he said.</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-u-s-allies-to-pressure-iran-sept-27th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #4:  &#8220;Obama’s team is working&#8221;  Sept. 27th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-obama%e2%80%99s-team-is-working-sept-27th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-obama%e2%80%99s-team-is-working-sept-27th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2009 14:33:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Politics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1016</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[by David S. Broder 
Tags: column

For President Barack Obama, last week was rather like a major exam on his skills as a diplomat and architect of foreign policy. He can count on being tested again and again by unexpected events. But in his debut at the United Nations and as host to the G-20 economic [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><span><em><strong>by David S. Broder </strong></em></span></h2>
<div><span style="margin-right: 3px;">Tags:</span> <span><a href="http://www.spokesman.com/tags/column">column</a></span></div>
<div id="story-body">
<p>For President Barack Obama, last week was rather like a major exam on his skills as a diplomat and architect of foreign policy. He can count on being tested again and again by unexpected events. But in his debut at the United Nations and as host to the G-20 economic powers in Pittsburgh, Obama was given more scrutiny by foreign leaders and domestic constituencies than at any other time in his first year in office.</p>
<p>There were no historic breakthroughs but, as far as we know, there were also no gaffes – at least in part because of his ability to find the right words to make his points without offending others.</p>
<p>Official Washington is starting to realize that in addition to his personal skills, Obama has assembled a highly professional and effective national security team that serves him and the nation very well.</p>
<p>There was no guarantee that this would be the case. Before he was elected, Obama had never faced the challenge of recruiting, assigning and organizing an administration. His exposure to national security issues consisted of four years of hardly notable service on the Senate Foreign Relations Committee and the insights gleaned from his youthful years in Indonesia.</p>
<p>His first – and in some ways most important – decision was to ask <em><strong>Robert Gates</strong></em>, George Bush’s secretary of defense, to remain in charge of the Pentagon. Gates was anything but an obvious choice. Obama had campaigned as a sharp critic of Bush policy in Iraq and had clearly signaled that he would insist on a new approach to Afghanistan. Keeping the boss of the old policies was counterintuitive – and offensive to some of Obama’s Democratic allies.</p>
<p>But Obama recognized Gates’ strengths. And he bolstered the team when he picked retired <em><strong>Marine general Jim Jones</strong></em> as his national security adviser, another widely respected veteran of past administrations and a man of great self-discipline and few ego needs.</p>
<p>The choice of <em><strong>Hillary Clinton</strong></em> was the most dramatic, given their history as rivals in a protracted battle for the nomination. The full story has not been told of why he wanted her and why she wanted to be secretary of state. But so far, it is working better than almost anyone could have imagined.</p>
<p>Clinton has applied her famous work ethic to the challenges of <em><strong>Foggy Bottom</strong></em> but seems very comfortable to define her role as the chief executor of Obama’s foreign policy, not an independent power center. When she and Gates were chosen, the journalistic cliché was “the team of rivals,” echoing Lincoln. But they are a team – period.</p>
<p>In <em><strong>Vice President Biden</strong></em>, Obama picked a vivid personality with more years of experience in foreign policy than almost anyone else in Congress.</p>
<p>Biden, as is his wont, has at times strayed from the Obama line – but the president clearly trusts him and has given him major responsibilities.</p>
<p>What got me thinking about the skill with which this team has functioned was the announcement Sept. 17 that the United States was abandoning its plans for anti-missile installations in Poland and the Czech Republic and, instead of targeting long-range Iranian missiles, would use seaborne weapons to combat Iran’s short-range missiles.</p>
<p>The decision was explained on the basis of fresh intelligence showing that the Iranians had shifted their program to emphasize the short-range weapons, and this will allow countermeasures to be in place much earlier than the original plan.</p>
<p>I’m told by the White House that the president asked for a review of the missile defense plans back in March, that the Pentagon held some 120 internal meetings on the issue, that the National Security Council staff conferred 15 to 18 times, culminating in four sessions of the NSC deputies in August and September and two meetings of the principals – the Cabinet officers and the other statutory members, preparing for a presidential decision. All this without a single leak. The inclusiveness of the process was affirmed by the immediate public endorsements by the Pentagon, the State Department and the intelligence agencies.</p>
<p>In the end, Gates, who had signed off on the original Bush plan in 2006, emerged as one of the most forceful advocates for redoing it – another example of his intellectual and political courage.</p>
<p>Tougher tests undoubtedly await, but so far this team looks really good.</p></div>
<p><strong><em> David Broder is a columnist for the Washington Post. His e-mail address is  <a href="mailto:davidbroder@washpost.com">davidbroder@washpost.com</a>. </em></strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/27/ce-week-4-obama%e2%80%99s-team-is-working-sept-27th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #3:  &#8220;High court should not repeat error of Obama&#8221;  Sept. 18th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-high-court-should-not-repeat-error-of-obama-sept-18th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-high-court-should-not-repeat-error-of-obama-sept-18th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2009 00:28:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Supreme Court]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1013</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ 

Editor’s note: Because of vacation schedules, this commentary from Thursday’s Los Angeles Times is presented in place of the customary Spokesman-Review editorial.
This spring, President Barack Obama reversed himself and decided to block the release of photographs showing the abuse of detainees by the U.S. military. Now, having lost in two lower federal courts, the administration [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><span> </span></div>
<div id="story-body">
<p><strong><em>Editor’s note: Because of vacation schedules, this commentary from Thursday’s Los Angeles Times is presented in place of the customary Spokesman-Review editorial.</em></strong></p>
<p>This spring, President Barack Obama reversed himself and decided to block the release of photographs showing the abuse of detainees by the U.S. military. Now, having lost in two lower federal courts, the administration is seeking review by the U.S. Supreme Court. The justices should decline the invitation.</p>
<p>The high court ordinarily agrees to hear cases that raise difficult questions on which lower courts have disagreed. But two courts found the legal issue in this case straightforward. <em><strong>The Freedom of Information Act</strong></em> allows for the non-disclosure of information that “could reasonably be expected to endanger the life or physical safety of any individual.” The obvious purpose of that language is to protect individuals who might be identified and placed in harm’s way.</p>
<p>The administration is offering a different argument. In her petition to the Supreme Court, <em><strong>U.S. Solicitor General Elena Kagan</strong></em> quoted Obama’s warning that releasing the photos would “further inflame anti-American opinion and put our troops in greater danger.”</p>
<p>No doubt these and other photos would feed anti-American propaganda, as did the stomach-turning images of abuse at the Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq. It’s doubtful, however, that they would provide much additional traction for enemies who already portray the United States as a nation of torturers. If anything, releasing the photos – with alterations to protect the identities of individuals – would underscore Obama’s determination not to repeat the egregious violations of human rights that occurred during the Bush administration.</p>
<p>As we have argued before, suppressing images of atrocities – whether of Nazi concentration camps, lynchings in the American South or “tiger cages” in Vietnam – is an attempt to blot out the historical record. Besides, the attempt is likely to be unsuccessful, given the history of efforts to block the unauthorized release of embarrassing information.</p>
<p>Ignoring those realities, the Senate has approved legislation that would allow the secretary of defense to block release of photos of detainees captured abroad after 9/11. The House fortunately has not approved it.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, judges are charged with weighing the legality, not the wisdom, of withholding such photos. If the Supreme Court were to reverse or weaken the decisions of lower courts, the impact would extend far beyond this case. A dilution of the exemption in the FOIA for materials that would threaten individuals would be a license for future administrations to suppress all sorts of information on the grounds that it might exacerbate anti-Americanism.</p>
<p>Obama was wrong to try to block the release of these photos. Neither the court nor Congress should compound his error.</p></div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-high-court-should-not-repeat-error-of-obama-sept-18th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #3:  &#8220;The Case for Killing Granny&#8221;  Sept. 18th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-the-case-for-killing-granny-sept-18th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-the-case-for-killing-granny-sept-18th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 20 Sep 2009 23:20:05 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Economics]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Science]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1006</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Rethinking end-of-life care.

By Evan Thomas &#124; NEWSWEEK 
Published Sep 12, 2009
From the magazine issue dated Sep 21, 2009
My mother wanted to die, but the doctors wouldn&#8217;t let her. At least that&#8217;s the way it seemed to me as I stood by her bed in an intensive-care unit at a hospital in Hilton Head, S.C., five years [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><em><strong>Rethinking end-of-life care.</strong></em></div>
<div>
<p><em><strong>By </strong><strong><a href="http://search.newsweek.com/search?byline=evan%20thomas">Evan Thomas</a> | <span>NEWSWEEK </span></strong></em></p>
<p><em><strong><span>Published Sep 12, 2009</span></strong></em></p>
<p><em><strong>From the magazine issue dated Sep 21, 2009</strong></em></div>
<p>My mother wanted to die, but the doctors wouldn&#8217;t let her. At least that&#8217;s the way it seemed to me as I stood by her bed in an intensive-care unit at a hospital in Hilton Head, S.C., five years ago. My mother was 79, a longtime smoker who was dying of emphysema. She knew that her quality of life was increasingly tethered to an oxygen tank, that she was losing her ability to get about, and that she was slowly drowning. The doctors at her bedside were recommending various tests and procedures to keep her alive, but my mother, with a certain firmness I recognized, said no. She seemed puzzled and a bit frustrated that she had to be so insistent on her own demise.</p>
<p>The hospital at my mother&#8217;s assisted-living facility was sustained by Medicare, which pays by the procedure. I don&#8217;t think the doctors were trying to be greedy by pushing more treatments on my mother. That&#8217;s just the way the system works. The doctors were responding to the expectations of almost all patients. As a doctor friend of mine puts it, &#8220;Americans want the best, they want the latest, and they want it now.&#8221; We expect doctors to make heroic efforts—especially to save our lives and the lives of our loved ones.</p>
<div><!--AD BEGIN--></p>
<div>
<div><script type="text/javascript">// <![CDATA[
placeAd2(commercialNode,'bigbox',false,'')
// ]]&gt;</script><script src="http://ad.doubleclick.net/adj/nwswk.printthis;dir=printthis;ad=bb;del=js;ajax=n;dcopt=ist;heavy=n;pageId=nwswk-id-215291-output-print;poe=no;undefinedfromrss=n;rss=n;front=n;pos=bigbox;sz=300x250;tile=1;ord=398284148333780200?"></script>The idea that we might ration health care to seniors (or anyone else) is political anathema. Politicians do not dare breathe the R word, lest they be accused—however wrongly—of trying to pull the plug on Grandma. But the need to spend less money on the elderly at the end of life is the elephant in the room in the health-reform debate. Everyone sees it but no one wants to talk about it. At a more basic level, Americans are afraid not just of dying, but of talking and thinking about death. Until Americans learn to contemplate death as more than a scientific challenge to be overcome, our health-care system will remain unfixable.</div>
</div>
<p><!--AD END--></div>
<p>Compared with other Western countries, the United States has more health care—but, generally speaking, not better health care. There is no way we can get control of costs, which have grown by nearly 50 percent in the past decade, without finding a way to stop overtreating patients. In his address to Congress, President Obama spoke airily about reducing inefficiency, but he slid past the hard choices that will have to be made to stop health care from devouring ever-larger slices of the economy and tax dollar. A significant portion of the savings will have to come from the money we spend on seniors at the end of life because, as Willie Sutton explained about why he robbed banks, that&#8217;s where the money is.</p>
<p><strong>As President Obama said, most of the uncontrolled growth in federal spending and the deficit comes from Medicare; nothing else comes close. Almost a third of the money spent by Medicare—about $66.8 billion a year—goes to chronically ill patients in the last two years of life.</strong> This might seem obvious—of course the costs come at the end, when patients are the sickest. But that can&#8217;t explain what researchers at Dartmouth have discovered: <em><strong>Medicare spends twice as much on similar patients in some parts of the country as in others.</strong></em> The average cost of a Medicare patient in Miami is $16,351; the average in Honolulu is $5,311. In the Bronx, N.Y., it&#8217;s $12,543. In Fargo, N.D., $5,738. The average Medicare patient undergoing end-of-life treatment spends 21.9 days in a Manhattan hospital. In Mason City, Iowa, he or she spends only 6.1 days.</p>
<p>Maybe it&#8217;s unsurprising that treatment in rural towns costs less than in big cities, with all their high prices, varied populations, and urban woes. But there are also significant disparities in towns that are otherwise very similar. How do you explain the fact, for instance, that in Boulder, Colo., the average cost of Medicare treatment is $9,103, whereas an hour away in Fort Collins, Colo., the cost is $6,448?</p>
<p>The answer, the Dartmouth researchers found, is that in some places doctors are just more likely to order more tests and procedures. More specialists are involved. There is very little reason for them <em>not</em> to order more tests and treatments. By training and inclination, doctors want to do all they can to cure ailments. And since Medicare pays by procedure, test, and hospital stay—though less and less each year as the cost squeeze tightens—there is an incentive to do more and more. To make a good living, doctors must see more patients, and order more tests.</p>
<p>All this treatment does not necessarily buy better care. In fact, the Dartmouth studies have found worse outcomes in many states and cities where there is more health care. Why? Because just going into the hospital has risks—of infection, or error, or other unforeseen complications. <em><strong>Some studies estimate that Americans are overtreated by roughly 30 percent.</strong></em> &#8220;It&#8217;s not about rationing care—that&#8217;s always the bogeyman people use to block reform,&#8221; says Dr. Elliott Fisher, a professor at Dartmouth Medical School. &#8220;The real problem is unnecessary and unwanted care.&#8221;</p>
<p>But how do you decide which treatments to cut out? How do you choose between the necessary and the unnecessary? There has been talk among experts and lawmakers of giving more power to a panel of government experts to decide—Britain has one, called the National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (known by the somewhat ironic acronym NICE). But no one wants the horror stories of denied care and long waits that are said to plague state-run national health-care systems. (The criticism is unfair: patients wait longer to see primary-care physicians in the United States than in Britain.) After the summer of angry town halls, no politician is going to get anywhere near something that could be called a &#8220;death panel.&#8221;</p>
<p>There&#8217;s no question that reining in the lawyers would help cut costs. Fearing medical-malpractice suits, doctors engage in defensive medicine, ordering procedures that may not be strictly necessary—but why take the risk? According to various studies, defensive medicine adds perhaps 2 percent to the overall bill—a not-insignificant number when more than $2 trillion is at stake. A number of states have managed to institute some kind of so-called tort reform, limiting the size of damage awards by juries in medical-malpractice cases. But the trial lawyers—big donors to the Democratic Party—have stopped Congress from even considering reforms. That&#8217;s why it was significant that President Obama even raised the subject in his speech last week, even if he was vague about just what he&#8217;d do. (Best idea: create medical courts run by experts to rule on malpractice claims, with no punitive damages.)</p>
<p>But the biggest cost booster is the way doctors are paid under most insurance systems, including Medicare. It&#8217;s called fee-for-service, and it means just that. So why not just put doctors on salary? Some medical groups that do, like the Mayo Clinic, have reduced costs while producing better results. Unfortunately, putting doctors on salary requires that they work for someone, and most American physicians are self-employed or work in small group practices. The alternative—paying them a flat rate for each patient they care for—turned out to be at least a partial bust. HMOs that paid doctors a flat fee in the 1990s faced a backlash as patients bridled at long waits and denied service.</p>
<p><em><strong>Ever-rising health-care spending now consumes about 17 percent of the economy (versus about 10 percent in Europe). At the current rate of increase, it will devour a fifth of GDP by 2018</strong></em>. We cannot afford to sustain a productive economy with so much money going to health care. Over time, economic reality may force us to adopt a national health-care system like Britain&#8217;s or Canada&#8217;s. But before that day arrives, there are steps we can take to reduce costs without totally turning the system inside out.</p>
<p>One place to start is to consider the psychological aspect of health care. Most people are at least minor hypochondriacs (I know I am). They use doctors to make themselves feel better, even if the doctor is not doing much to physically heal what ails them. (In ancient times, doctors often made people sicker with quack cures like bleeding.) The desire to see a physician is often pronounced in assisted-living facilities. Old people, far from their families in our mobile, atomized society, depend on their doctors for care and reassurance. I noticed that in my mother&#8217;s retirement home, the talk in the dining room was often about illness; people built their day around doctor&#8217;s visits, partly, it seemed to me, to combat loneliness.</p>
<p>Physicians at Massachusetts General Hospital are experimenting with innovative approaches to care for their most ill patients without necessarily sending them to the doctor. Three years ago, Massachusetts enacted universal care—just as Congress and the Obama administration are attempting to do now. The state quickly found it could not afford to meet everyone&#8217;s health-care demands, so it&#8217;s scrambling for solutions. The Mass General program assigned nurses to the hospital&#8217;s 2,600 sickest—and costliest—Medicare patients. These nurses provide basic care, making sure the patients take their medications and so forth, and act as gatekeepers—they decide if a visit to the doctor is really necessary. It&#8217;s not a perfect system—people will still demand to see their doctors when it&#8217;s unnecessary—but the Mass General program cut costs by 5 percent while providing the elderly what they want and need most: caring human contact.</p>
<p>Other initiatives ensure that the elderly get counseling about end-of-life issues. Although demagogued as a &#8220;death panel,&#8221; a program in Wisconsin to get patients to talk to their doctors about how they want to deal with death was actually a resounding success. A study by the <em>Archives of Internal Medicine</em> shows that such conversations between doctors and patients can decrease costs by about 35 percent—while improving the quality of life at the end. Patients should be encouraged to draft living wills to make their end-of-life desires known. Unfortunately, such paper can be useless if there is a family member at the bedside demanding heroic measures. &#8220;A lot of the time guilt is playing a role,&#8221; says Dr. David Torchiana, a surgeon and CEO of the Massachusetts General Physicians Organization. Doctors can feel guilty, too—about overtreating patients. Torchiana recalls his unease over operating to treat a severe heart infection in a woman with two forms of metastatic cancer who was already comatose. The family insisted.</p>
<p>Studies show that about 70 percent of people want to die at home—but that about half die in hospitals. There has been an important increase in hospice or palliative care—keeping patients with incurable diseases as comfortable as possible while they live out the remainder of their lives. Hospice services are generally intended for the terminally ill in the last six months of life, but as a practical matter, many people receive hospice care for only a few weeks.</p>
<p>Our medical system does everything it can to encourage hope. And American health care has been near miraculous—the envy of the world—in its capacity to develop new lifesaving and life-enhancing treatments. But death can be delayed only so long, and sometimes the wait is grim and degrading. The hospice ideal recognized that for many people, quiet and dignity—and loving care and good painkillers—are really what&#8217;s called for.</p>
<p>That&#8217;s what my mother wanted. After convincing the doctors that she meant it—that she really was ready to die—she was transferred from the ICU to a hospice, where, five days later, she passed away. In the ICU, as they removed all the monitors and pulled out all the tubes and wires, she made a fluttery motion with her hands. She seemed to be signaling goodbye to all that—I&#8217;m free to go in peace.<br />
 <!-- Omniture --><br />
<script type="text/javascript">// <![CDATA[</p>
<p>			var nw_page_name = "nw - article - 215291 - The Case for Killing Granny";
			var nw_section = "health";
			var nw_content_type = "article";
			var nw_source = "newsweek mag";
			var nw_search_result_count = "0";
			var nw_content_id = "215291";
			var nw_headline = "The Case for Killing Granny";
			var nw_author = "evan thomas";
			var nw_page_num = "print format";
			var nw_application = "gutenberg";
			var nw_hierarchy = "health|articles";
			var nw_pub_date = "Saturday September 12, 2009";
// ]]&gt;</script></p>
<p><strong><em>With Pat Wingert, Suzanne Smalley, and Claudia Kalb in Washington</em></strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-the-case-for-killing-granny-sept-18th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #3:  &#8220;New Missile Shield Strategy Scales Back Reagan’s Vision&#8221;  Sept. 18th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-new-missile-shield-strategy-scales-back-reagan%e2%80%99s-vision-sept-18th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-new-missile-shield-strategy-scales-back-reagan%e2%80%99s-vision-sept-18th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 20 Sep 2009 23:14:21 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Foreign Affairs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The War on Terrorism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=1004</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By DAVID E. SANGER and WILLIAM J. BROAD
WASHINGTON — The new plan that President Obama laid out for a missile shield against Iran on Thursday turns Ronald Reagan’s vision of a Star Wars system on its head: Rather than focusing first on protecting the continental United States, it shifts the immediate effort to defending Europe [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><strong>By <a title="More Articles by David E. Sanger" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/s/david_e_sanger/index.html?inline=nyt-per">DAVID E. SANGER</a> and <a title="More Articles by William J. Broad" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/b/william_j_broad/index.html?inline=nyt-per">WILLIAM J. BROAD</a></strong></div>
<p>WASHINGTON — <a title="President’s statement on missile defense" href="http://www.whitehouse.gov/the_press_office/Remarks-by-the-President-on-Strengthening-Missile-Defense-in-Europe/">The new plan that </a><a title="More articles about Barack Obama." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/o/barack_obama/index.html?inline=nyt-per">President Obama</a> laid out for a missile shield against Iran on Thursday turns <a title="More articles about Ronald Wilson Reagan." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/r/ronald_wilson_reagan/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Ronald Reagan</a>’s vision of a Star Wars system on its head: Rather than focusing first on protecting the continental United States, it shifts the immediate effort to defending Europe and the Middle East.</p>
<p>It is a long way from the impermeable shield that President Reagan described in glowing terms in 1983, an announcement that turned into a diplomatic triumph even while it was a technological flop. Ever since, missile defense has always been more about international politics than about new military technology.</p>
<p>In the last years of the cold war, it helped nudge the Soviets toward agreements that sharply reduced nuclear arsenals, a process that Mr. Obama hopes to revive at the end of the year. In the <a title="More articles about George W. Bush." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/b/george_w_bush/index.html?inline=nyt-per">George W. Bush</a> years, it was about expanding <a title="More articles about the North Atlantic Treaty Organization." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/n/north_atlantic_treaty_organization/index.html?inline=nyt-org">NATO</a> and, under the cover of building antimissile bases to protect against North Korean attack, a subtle warning to China that its power in the Pacific would not go unchecked.</p>
<p>Now, in the age of Obama, the vision has descended from the stars to sea level. A president who was still in college during <a title="Reagan’s missile defense speech" href="http://www.atomicarchive.com/Docs/Missile/Starwars.shtml">Reagan’s famous missile defense speech</a> has turned a scaled-back version of the technology, which would first be based on ships, to a new mission: Convincing Israel and the Arab world that Washington is moving quickly to counter Iran’s influence, even as it opens direct negotiations with Tehran for the first time in 30 years.</p>
<p>For Mr. Obama, it is a step fraught with some risk. Within hours of his announcement, charges were flying that in his first major confrontation with the Russians, he had backed down, giving in to Moscow’s opposition to the Bush plan to place missile defenses in Poland and the Czech Republic.</p>
<p>“The politics of this was driving him in the other direction, against appearing to back down,” said William Perry, who served as defense secretary in the Clinton administration. “But he went with where the technology is today — and where the threat is today.”</p>
<p>During last year’s presidential campaign, missile defense was tricky territory for Mr. Obama. His liberal base was allergic to the very words. Mr. Obama, eager to show that he was neither a neophyte nor soft on defense, talked about embracing those technologies that were “proven and cost-effective.”</p>
<p>Nine months into his presidency, Mr. Obama has begun to describe what that means. He is not abandoning the two antimissile bases built on American soil in the Bush years, one in Alaska and one in California. But his aides — led by the one veteran of the cold war in his cabinet, Defense Secretary <a title="More articles about Robert M. Gates." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/g/robert_m_gates/index.html?inline=nyt-per">Robert M. Gates</a> — argued Thursday that Iran and North Korea were taking far longer to develop intercontinental missiles than many feared a decade ago.</p>
<p>The urgency, they argued, lies in addressing a more imminent threat: Iran’s short-  and medium-range missiles.</p>
<p>First among those weapons is the Shahab III, the missile that can reach Israel and parts of Europe. It is also the missile that American, Israeli and European intelligence services have charged that Iran hopes to fit with a nuclear warhead. Iran denies that but has refused to answer questions from international inspectors about documents that appear to link the missile program to its nuclear efforts.</p>
<p>That standoff has fed the conviction inside the White House that the Iranian threat needs to be countered. But officials argued Thursday that the faster, and surer, way to accomplish that goal was to scrap Mr. Bush’s plan, which would have based antimissile batteries too far from Iran to be useful against short- and medium-range missiles, and put them closer to Tehran.</p>
<p><em><strong>“One of the realities of life is the enemy gets a vote,” </strong></em>said Gen. James E. Cartwright, vice chairman of the <a title="More articles about Joint Chiefs of Staff" href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/organizations/j/joint_chiefs_of_staff/index.html?inline=nyt-org">Joint Chiefs of Staff</a>.</p>
<p>But Mr. Obama’s critics argue that while Iran is rightly a major focus of missile defense, it is not the only one, and that in dismantling the Bush plan, the new president is undercutting American allies.</p>
<p>“I fear the administration’s decision will do just that,” Senator <a title="More articles about John McCain." href="http://topics.nytimes.com/top/reference/timestopics/people/m/john_mccain/index.html?inline=nyt-per">John McCain</a>, Mr. Obama’s Republican rival in last year’s presidential election, said Thursday, adding that the decision came “at a time when Eastern European nations are increasingly wary of renewed Russian adventurism.”</p>
<p>But Mr. Obama is betting that over time he can assuage bruised feelings in Europe. And he is betting that his credibility will rise in the Middle East, where he can now argue that the American missile shield will defend both Israel and the Arab states, notably Saudi Arabia and Egypt. There are signs that all of them may be interested in nuclear capabilities of their own — especially if they believe that the United States will not stand up to Iran.</p>
<p>But Mr. Obama may also be vulnerable to charges that he could be leaving parts of the continental United States defenseless if Iran makes bigger strides with long-range missiles. His critics point to Iran’s <a title="Times article" href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/02/04/world/middleeast/04iran.html">launching of a satellite into space in February</a>. The craft orbited the Earth for nearly three months, passing repeatedly over the United States.</p>
<p>“Iran has already demonstrated it has the capability to develop long-range missiles,” said Robert Joseph, one of the architects of Mr. Bush’s missile defense strategy, who was highly critical of Mr. Obama’s decision. “They have both the capability and intention to move forward.”</p>
<p>The Obama administration counters that Iran has no long-range rockets and that the threat has been slower to develop than expected.</p>
<p>Twenty-six years after Mr. Reagan’s famous speech, the most visible element of his strategy is a system of missile interceptors that sprawl across the wilds of Alaska and a sister base in California. The system’s “kill vehicles” are meant to zoom into space and destroy enemy warheads — presumably a single North Korean launching — by force of impact. Military and private experts say the West Coast interceptors could also smash an Iranian warhead, unless it was headed toward the East Coast of the United States. That is why the Bush administration wanted to erect additional interceptors in Poland. To advocates of the classic vision of missile defense, it is unconscionable to leave the East Coast unprotected.</p>
<p>But critics of the interceptor system say its flight tests have repeatedly fallen short, and call its supposed protection a mirage.</p>
<p>Now comes the next debate: Whether the Obama plan is any more technologically feasible than past efforts.</p>
<p>So Mr. Obama faces the same challenge as Mr. Reagan: Winning the argument that his version of missile defense is workable — or at least workable enough to be a potent political weapon.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/20/ce-week-3-new-missile-shield-strategy-scales-back-reagan%e2%80%99s-vision-sept-18th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #2:  &#8220;Innocent Until Executed&#8221;  Sept. 13th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-innocent-until-executed-sept-13th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-innocent-until-executed-sept-13th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 Sep 2009 00:25:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A MUST READ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Civil Liberties/Rights]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Crime]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Supreme Court]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=989</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We have no right to exoneration.

By Dahlia Lithwick &#124; NEWSWEEK     Published Sep 3, 2009
For years, death-penalty opponents and supporters have been working their way toward a moment in which each side would rethink things. They were seeking a case in which a clearly innocent defendant was wrongly put to death. In a 2005 Supreme Court case [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><em><strong>We have no right to exoneration.</strong></em></div>
<div>
<p><em><strong>By </strong><strong><a href="http://search.newsweek.com/search?byline=dahlia%20lithwick">Dahlia Lithwick</a> | <span>NEWSWEEK     Published Sep 3, 2009</span></strong></em></div>
<p>For years, death-penalty opponents and supporters have been working their way toward a moment in which each side would rethink things. They were seeking a case in which a clearly innocent defendant was wrongly put to death. In a 2005 Supreme Court case that actually had nothing to do with the execution of innocents, Justices David Souter and Antonin Scalia tangled over the possibility that such a creature even existed. Souter fretted that &#8220;the period starting in 1989 has seen repeated exonerations of convicts under death sentences, in numbers never imagined before the development of DNA tests.&#8221; To which Scalia retorted: &#8220;The dissent makes much of the newfound capacity of DNA testing to establish innocence. But in every case of an executed defendant of which I am aware, that technology has confirmed guilt.&#8221; Scalia went on to blast &#8220;sanctimonious&#8221; death-penalty opponents and a 1987 study on innocent exonerations whose &#8220;obsolescence began at the moment of publication,&#8221; then concluded that there was not &#8220;a single case—not one—in which it is clear that a person was executed for a crime he did not commit.&#8221;</p>
<p>This suggested that if anyone found such a case, the Scalias of the world would rethink matters. As of today, the Innocence Project, a national organization dedicated to exonerating the wrongfully convicted through DNA testing, claims there have been 241 postconviction DNA exonerations, of which 17 were former death-row inmates spared execution. The gap between their facts and Scalia&#8217;s widens every year. And now we may have found that case of an innocent put to death: Cameron Todd Willingham, executed by the state of Texas in 2004 for allegedly setting a 1991 house fire that killed his three young daughters.</p>
<div><!--AD BEGIN--></p>
<div>
<div><script type="text/javascript">// <![CDATA[
placeAd2(commercialNode,'bigbox',false,'')
// ]]&gt;</script><script src="http://ad.doubleclick.net/adj/nwswk.printthis;dir=printthis;ad=bb;del=js;ajax=n;dcopt=ist;heavy=n;pageId=nwswk-id-214833-output-print;poe=no;undefinedfromrss=n;rss=n;front=n;pos=bigbox;sz=300x250;tile=1;ord=661489752303993500?"></script><!-- Template Id = 290 Template Name = Banner Creative (Flash) - Multiple clickTag URL --> <!-- Copyright 2002 DoubleClick Inc., All rights reserved. See comments in code to assist with trafficking. --><script src="http://m1.2mdn.net/879366/flashwrite_1_2.js"></script><noscript></noscript></div>
</div>
<p><!--AD END--></div>
<p>David Grann, who wrote a <a href="http://www.newyorker.com/reporting/2009/09/07/090907fa_fact_grann" target="_blank">remarkable piece about the case in last week&#8217;s <em>New Yorker</em></a>, sifted through the evidence against Willingham to reveal that the entire prosecution was a train wreck. And at every step in his appeal, Willingham&#8217;s claims of innocence were met with the response that he&#8217;d already had more than enough due process for a baby killer.</p>
<p>But you needn&#8217;t take Grann&#8217;s word for it. In 2004 Gerald Hurst, an acclaimed scientist and fire investigator, conducted an independent investigation of the evidence in the Willingham case and came away with little doubt that it was an accidental fire—likely caused by a space heater or bad wiring. Hurst found no evidence of arson, and wrote a report to try to stay the execution. According to documents obtained by the Innocence Project, it appears nobody at the state Board of Pardons and Paroles or the Texas governor&#8217;s office even took note of Hurst&#8217;s conclusions. Just before Willingham was executed, he told the Associated Press, &#8220;[T]he most distressing thing is the state of Texas will kill an innocent man and doesn&#8217;t care they&#8217;re making a mistake.&#8221;</p>
<p>Since Willingham&#8217;s death, two other independent inquiries found no evidence of arson. In 2007 the state of Texas commissioned another renowned arson expert, Craig Beyler, to examine the Willingham evidence. Beyler&#8217;s report, issued two weeks ago, concluded that investigators had no scientific basis for claiming the fire was arson.</p>
<p>One might think that all this would give a boost to death-penalty opponents, who have long contended that conclusive proof of an innocent murdered by the state would fundamentally change the debate. But that was before the goalposts began to shift this summer. In June, by a 5–4 margin, the Supreme Court ruled that a prisoner did not have a constitutional right to demand DNA testing of evidence in police files, even at his own expense. <em><strong>&#8220;A criminal defendant proved guilty after a fair trial does not have the same liberty interests as a free man,&#8221; wrote Chief Justice John Roberts.</strong></em> And two months later, <em><strong>Justices Scalia and Clarence Thomas</strong></em> went even further when the Supreme Court ordered a new hearing in Troy Davis&#8217;s murder case, after seven of nine eyewitnesses recanted their testimony. Justice Scalia, dissenting from that order, wrote for himself and Thomas, <em><strong>&#8220;[T]his court has never held that the Constitution forbids the execution of a convicted defendant who has had a full and fair trial but is later able to convince a habeas court that he is &#8216;actually&#8217; innocent.&#8221;</strong></em></p>
<p>As a constitutional matter, Scalia&#8217;s assertion is not wrong. The court has never found a constitutional right for the actually innocent to be free from execution. When the court flirted with the question in 1993, a majority ruled against the accused, but Chief Justice William Rehnquist left open the possibility that it may be unconstitutional to execute someone with a &#8220;truly persuasive demonstration&#8221; of innocence. Now, in Scalia&#8217;s America, the Cameron Todd Willingham whose very existence was once in doubt is legally irrelevant. We may execute a man for an accidental house fire, while the Constitution itself stands silently by.</p>
<p><strong>Lithwick also writes for slate.com.</strong></p>
<p><!-- Omniture --><script type="text/javascript">// <![CDATA[</p>
<p>			var nw_page_name = "nw - article - 214833 - Innocent Until Executed";
			var nw_section = "culture";
			var nw_subsection = "culture - dahlia lithwick on legal issues";
			var nw_content_type = "article";
			var nw_source = "newsweek mag";
			var nw_search_result_count = "0";
			var nw_content_id = "214833";
			var nw_headline = "Innocent Until Executed";
			var nw_author = "dahlia lithwick";
			var nw_page_num = "print format";
			var nw_application = "gutenberg";
			var nw_hierarchy = "culture|dahlia lithwick on legal issues|articles";
			var nw_pub_date = "Thursday September 3, 2009";
// ]]&gt;</script></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-innocent-until-executed-sept-13th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>42</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CE Week #2:  &#8220;Medicare best for patients&#8221;  Sept. 12th</title>
		<link>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-medicare-best-for-patients-sept-12th/</link>
		<comments>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-medicare-best-for-patients-sept-12th/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 13 Sep 2009 15:23:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>pkautzman</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A Challenge]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Class Activities/Discussion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Health Care]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Opinion]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/?p=978</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[ Dr. Robert Golden      / Special to The Spokesman-Review 

In recent health care debates people proclaim they don’t want the government standing between them and their physician. Some have adamantly opposed a “single-payer” health plan while demanding, “Don’t touch my Medicare.” As a physician practicing in Spokane for the past [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div><em><strong><span> Dr. Robert Golden      / Special to The Spokesman-Review </span></strong></em></div>
<div id="story-body">
<p>In recent health care debates people proclaim they don’t want the government standing between them and their physician. Some have adamantly opposed a “single-payer” health plan while demanding, “Don’t touch my Medicare.” As a physician practicing in Spokane for the past 26 years, I would like to share my experiences.</p>
<p>I am a urologist, providing medical and surgical care to my patients with diseases of the urinary tract. Over 75 percent of my patients are on Medicare.</p>
<p>Medicare allows me the freedom to provide quality health care with the interests of my patients as first priority. Medicare is a single-payer, government-sponsored health insurance plan and yet imposes no restrictions or arbitrary rules between my patients and me. The health care decisions are only between my patients, their loved ones and me. Yes, there are guidelines for best practice, which I honor and embrace.</p>
<p>Americans support the Medicare system by paying into the program their entire working lives. At age 65, all citizens are eligible for this program and enjoy the security of knowing their health care is covered. Younger patients in special categories (end stage kidney disease, permanent physical or mental disabilities) are also covered by Medicare. I am appreciative Medicare is the force that allows people to come to my office for urologic care. Without coverage, they stay away, suffer with their usually treatable ailments, or die in pain. All American citizens deserve comprehensive health coverage and Medicare fulfills this right. My vote is “Medicare for all.”</p>
<p>In contrast, private insurance plans are heavy-handed and defiantly stand between patients and their health care providers. These plans ration care irrationally. Confirming coverage, obtaining prior approval for procedures, collecting money and billing these insurance companies over and over because of denials ranging in the 25 percent to 40 percent range are huge obstructions. Private “insurance” policies are cumbersome, denying and frustrating. Documented claims filed electronically with Medicare are quickly resolved.</p>
<p>Medicare eases my patients’ minds. Every week, I see patients without insurance, delaying treatment for fear of bankruptcy, emptying their savings, selling their houses, etc. These people are sometimes one illness away from complete financial disaster. No wonder they delay doctor visits and live with symptoms – sometimes too long – and their disease (cancer, infection obstruction) progresses to a point of uncontrollability or even mortality. I am not willing to accept this as democracy or compassion. This is wrong.</p>
<p>President Barack Obama and some members of Congress have earnestly tried to reform this mess we call our “health care system.” The president has consistently supported increased reimbursement to primary care physicians, while encouraging medical students to choose primary care as a specialty. He also advocates for absorption of student loans in exchange for primary care doctors practicing in underserved urban and rural areas.</p>
<p>That nearly 50 million citizens in our country are uninsured is a travesty and, frankly, embarrassing. Every year, more than $400 billion of private health insurance money (paid for by subscribers of the insurance company like you and me) go to profits, marketing, executives, buildings, etc. The president of United Health Care makes $102,000 an hour. Of the money flowing into for-profit private insurance, only 65 percent is used for actual health care services. This is in contrast to Medicare, where more than 95 percent is directly used to provide health services to our seniors.</p>
<p>These issues are complex – financially and ethically. Standing by and listening to the verbiage by the profit-seeking, fear-mongering insurance and pharmaceutical industries is no longer an option for me. What makes this country great is our willingness to sacrifice our excesses for the general greatness of the whole.</p>
<p>Personally, I became a medical doctor to serve with compassion and love – to relieve pain and suffering. At the end of the day, I do not ruminate about money. Rather, I hope I’ve contributed to my patients’ journey toward a greater understanding of the wonder and blessings of life.</p>
<p>The Canadian physician William Osler stated this simply, “We are here to add what we can to life, not to get what we can from life.”</p></div>
<p><em>Dr. Robert Golden is a urologist in Spokane. </em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://pkautzman.edublogs.org/2009/09/13/ce-week-2-medicare-best-for-patients-sept-12th/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>21</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
